Seiko Ip6600mm e Low
-
Upload
esteban-golobardas -
Category
Documents
-
view
187 -
download
10
Transcript of Seiko Ip6600mm e Low
Seiko I Infotech Inc.
IP-6600
Color Ink Jet Printer
Maintenance Manual
U00087444001
U00087444000 February 2004
U00087444001 March 2004
Copyright (c) by Seiko I Infotech Inc. 2004
All rights reserved
The information in this manual is subject to change without prior notice.
CONTENTS-1
CONTENTS
Section 1 Maintenance Procedure Overview 1-1
1.1 Maintenance Procedure Overview 1-1
1.2 Required Tools 1-2
1.3 External Views and Names of Parts 1-4
1.4 Maintenance Space 1-6
Section 2 Inspection and Maintenance 2-1
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions 3-1
3.1 Introduction 3-1
3.2 Entering Maintenance Mode 3-2
3.3 Basic Menu Operation 3-3
3.3.1 Menu tree 3-4
3.3.2 Basic operations and keys 3-9
3.4 Menu Operation: Maintenance Mode 3-13
3.4.1 MEC. ADJ Menu 3-13
3.4.2 H. ADJ. Menu 3-17
3.4.3 H. MNTE Menu 3-21
3.4.4 RESET Menu 3-34
3.4.5 TEST-PRN. Menu 3-34
3.4.6 SYSTEM Menu 3-38
3.4.7 FEED Menu 3-41
3.4.8 MONITOR Menu 3-42
3.4.9 DIAG Menu 3-46
3.4.10 SETUP Menu 3-49
3.4.11 ACTUATOR Menu 3-50
3.4.12 FUNCTION Menu 3-54
3.4.12.1 System information print 3-55
3.4.12.2 Error log print 3-55
3.4.12.3 Cleaning history print 3-59
3.4.13 COUNTER Menu 3-60
3.5 System Information Management 3-61
CONTENTS-2
3.7 Heater Panel Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions 3-64
3.6.1 Entering maintenance mode 3-64
3.6.2 Basic menu operation 3-64
3.6.3 Menu items 3-65
Section 4 Troubleshooting (General) 4-1
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers) 5-1
5.1 Print Quality Defects 5-1
5.2 Error Message Types 5-4
5.3 Operator Call Errors 5-5
5.4 Warning 5-8
5.4.1 Communication errors 5-8
5.4.2 Winder timeout 5-8
5.5 Service Call Errors 5-9
5.5.1 Self-diagnostic errors at power on 5-9
5.5.1.1 Internal RAM (0001) 5-10
5.5.1.2 SRAM (0002) 5-10
5.5.1.3 Flash ROM (0004) 5-10
5.5.1.4 PIO (0008) 5-11
5.5.1.5 NVRAM 5-11
5.5.1.6 FPGA (IPB) (0020) 5-13
5.5.1.7 FPGA (ICB) (0040) 5-13
5.5.1.8 ASIC CONF (IPB1) (0080) 5-13
5.5.1.9 ASIC CONF (ICB1) (0100) 5-14
5.5.1.10 SCSI board (0200) 5-14
5.5.1.11 SCSI register (0400) 5-15
5.5.1.12 DRAM (0800) 5-15
5.5.1.13 POWER SUPPLY (+36, +24, +12 V) (1000) 5-15
5.5.2 Engine error 5-17
5.5.2.1 Engine error 1110: GA_ATG block clear error 5-18
5.5.2.2 Engine error 1110: GA_ATG DMA error 5-18
5.5.2.3 Engine error 112X: Vacuum fan error 5-19
5.5.2.4 Engine error 1140: Flash ROM write error 5-19
CONTENTS-3
5.5.2.5 Engine error 1150: Home position sensor error 5-20
5.5.2.6 Engine error 1160: Wiping error 5-21
5.5.2.7 Engine error 1170: Temperature sensor error 5-22
5.5.2.8 Engine error 1180: Capping motor error 5-23
5.5.2.9 Engine error 119X: VDD2 variable power supply error 5-24
5.5.2.10 Engine error 11AX: NVRAM error 5-25
5.5.2.11 Engine error 11C0: Cap position error 5-26
5.5.2.12 Engine error 11D0: Cooling fan error 5-26
5.5.2.13 Engine error 11E0: Long term strage error 5-26
5.5.2.14 Engine error 120X: Head drive IC error 5-27
5.5.2.15 Engine error 121X: Head temperature error 5-27
5.5.2.16 Engine error 1220: Edge sensor error 5-28
5.5.2.17 Engine error 123x: Sub-tank sensor error (Full or Half) 5-29
5.5.2.18 Engine error 124x: Ink supply sensor error 5-30
5.5.2.19 Engine error 125x: Sub-tank supply error 5-31
5.5.2.20 Engine error 126x: FFC cable connection error 5-32
5.5.2.21 Engine error 1700x: Servo error 5-33
5.5.3 System errors 5-34
5.6 Engine F/W composition and Version Up 5-35
5.6.1 Engine F/W Composition 5-35
5.6.2 Engine F/W Version UP 5-35
5.7 ASIC Program Composition and Version Up 5-37
5.7.1 ASIC Program Composition 5-37
5.7.2 ASIC Program Version Up 5-37
5.8 Setting During Engine Board (IPB1) Replacement 5-38
5.9 Special Power-On Procedure 5-43
5.10 Countermeasures for No Error Message 5-44
5.11 System Information Setting Operation After Head Replacement 5-46
5.12 Heater Errors 5-47
5.12.1 Heater error H01: System error 5-48
5.12.2 Heater error H02: Relay board error 5-48
5.12.3 Heater error H03: F heater temperature error. 5-48
5.12.4 Heater error H04: R heater temperature error 5-49
5.12.5 Heater error H05: P heater temperature error 5-49
5.12.6 Heater error H06: F heater time out error 5-50
5.12.7 Heater error H07: 7 R heater time out error 5-52
5.12.8 Heater error H08: P heater time out error 5-54
CONTENTS-4
5.12.9 Heater error H09: Operation panel switch error 5-56
5.12.10 Heater error H10: Zero cross error 5-56
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly) 6-1
6.1 Reading This Section 6-1
6.1.1 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure 6-1
6.2 Names of Parts 6-2
6.2.1 Names of parts and layout 6-2
6.3 Maintenance Parts Disassembly and Reassembly 6-8
6.3.1 Covers and foot assembly 6-10
6.3.1.1 Ink cartridge cover (right) switch assembly
(Ink cassette cover (front right)) 6-10
6.3.1.2 Ink cartridge cover (left) switch assembly
(Ink cassette cover (front left)) 6-11
6.3.1.3 Interlock Cable 64 6-12
6.3.1.4 Photo sensor assembly 6-13
6.3.1.5 Operation panel assembly, panel cable 6-14
6.3.1.6 Heater panel assembly 6-14
6.3.2 Y drive unit 6-15
6.3.2.1 Photo sensor assembly 6-15
6.3.2.2 Carriage motor assembly, Bearing (DE-46562) 6-15
6.3.2.3 Two-step pulley assembly, synchronizing belt 6-16
6.3.2.4 Steel belt (64) 6-17
6.3.2.5 Driven pulley assembly 6-18
6.3.2.6 Pressure bracket assembly 6-19
6.3.2.7 Pressure roller 6-20
6.3.2.8 T fence 6-21
6.3.2.9 Carriage cable 6-22
6.3.3 X drive unit 6-23
6.3.3.1 Media feed motor assembly and deceleration belt 6-23
6.3.3.2 Adsorption fan assembly 6-24
6.3.3.3 Paper sensor assembly (front) 6-24
6.3.3.4 Paper sensor assembly (rear) 6-25
6.3.3.5 Grid roller 6-26
6.3.4 Electrical unit 6-30
6.3.4.1 Cooling fan assembly 6-30
CONTENTS-5
6.3.4.2 Power supply unit 6-30
6.3.4.3 Board (PCB-ASSY-IPB1, PCB-ASSY-WIM1,
PCB-ASSY-VDD2) 6-30
6.3.4.4 Board (PCB-ASSY-RLY) 6-31
6.3.5 Carriage assembly, head unit 6-32
6.3.5.1 Head cable64 6-33
6.3.5.2 Edge sensor assembly 6-34
6.3.5.3 PCB-ASSY-ICB1 6-35
6.3.5.4 Head, ASSY, Cooling Fan 6-36
6.3.5.5 Linear encoder assembly 6-41
6.3.6 Wiping unit (64) 6-44
6.3.6.1 Wiping unit (64) 6-44
6.3.6.2 Cleaner (wiper 64) unit 6-45
6.3.6.3 Blade (WIPER RUBBER 64) 6-45
6.3.6.4 Motor (wiper) assembly 6-46
6.3.6.5 Switch (wiper) assembly 6-47
6.3.6.6 Belt (wiper) 6-47
6.3.7 Capping unit 6-48
6.3.7.1 Capping unit (64) 6-48
6.3.7.2 Motor (cap) assembly 6-50
6.3.7.3 Timing belt 6-50
6.3.7.4 Solenoid 6-51
6.3.7.5 Cap assembly 6-52
6.3.7.6 Torque limiter 6-53
6.3.7.7 Pump assembly 6-54
6.3.7.8 Tray (ink) assembly 6-55
6.3.7.9 Joint (cap) 6-56
6.3.8 Ink cartridge unit 6-57
6.3.8.1 Ink box (left/right) assembly, filter assembly (Sa),
and pump tube 6-57
6.3.8.2 PCB-ASSY-INK 6-59
6.3.9 Sub tank unit 6-60
6.3.9.1 Sub tank unit, full sensor ASSY, half full sensor ASSY. 6-60
6.3.10 Heater unit 6-62
6.3.10.1 Paper guide F (with heater) 6-62
6.3.10.2 Paper guide R (with heater) 6-62
6.3.10.3 Platen assembly 6-63
CONTENTS-6
Section 7 Adjustment 7-1
7.1 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment 7-2
7.2 Head Cover Plate Adjustment 7-3
7.3 Synchronizing Belt (Y Drive Motor Belt) Tension Adjustment 7-4
7.4 Deceleration Belt (X Drive Motor Belt) Tension Adjustment 7-4
7.5 Wiping Unit Height Adjustment 7-5
7.6 Wiping Position Correction 7-6
7.7 Cap Position Correction 7-8
7.8 Initial Ink Charge/Ink Extraction 7-10
7.9 Nozzle Check 7-12
7.9.1 Manual cleaning (the same function as the cleaning in the user mode) 7-12
7.9.2 Manual Cleaning 7-13
7.9.3 Fill Cap 7-13
7.9.4 Discharging ink 7-14
7.9.5 Cleaning with naintenance liquid cartridge 7-14
7.10 Head Drive Voltage Setting 7-15
7.11 Ink Head Adjustment Procedure 7-16
7.12 Bi-directional Print Position (L) Correction 7-27
7.13 Bi-directional Print Position (R) Correction 7-30
7.14 Paper Feed Amount Correction 7-30
7.14.1 Adjustment using “FEED PATTERN” 7-31
7.15 Head Position Correction (Main scanning direction) 7-34
7.16 Side Margin Position Correction (SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ) 7-37
7.17 Top Margin Position Correction (SENSOR (TOP) ADJ) 7-39
7.18 Appendix 7-41
Section 8 Operations 8-1
8.1 System Operation Overview 8-1
8.2 Paper Transport System 8-2
8.3 Carriage Transport System 8-5
8.4 Ink System 8-6
8.5 Print Functions 8-10
8.6 Principle of Head Drive 8-14
8.7 Print Mode 8-15
CONTENTS-7
8.8 IPB1(Engine Control) Board 8-18
8.8.1 Basic configuration 8-18
8.8.2 Engine Unit Operation 8-19
8.9 Engine Control Firmware 8-25
8.9.1 Function blocks 8-25
8.9.2 Operation description 8-26
8.10 Power Supply Unit 8-27
8.10.1 Electrical specifications 8-27
8.10.2 Connector specifications 8-27
8.10.3 ON/OFF sequence 8-29
8.10.4 Others 8-29
CONTENTS-8
Figure
Figure 1-1 Maintenance work flowchart 1-1
Figure 1-2 External views and names of parts (Front) 1-4
Figure 1-3 External views and names of parts (Rear) 1-5
Figure 1-4 Maintenance space 1-6
Figure 6-1 Cover Names and Layout 6-2
Figure 6-6 Maintenance parts names (Carriage head unit) 6-5
Figure 8-1 Printer operation overview 8-1
Figure 8-2 Transport system mechanism (X axis) 8-2
Figure 8-3 Transport system mechanism (Y axis) 8-2
Figure 8-4 Ink system overview 8-6
Figure 8-5 Ink system concept 8-6
Figure 8-6 Head drive principle 8-14
Figure 8-7 Basic hardware configuration 8-18
Figure 8-8 SCSI/Engine F/W function block 8-25
Figure 8-9 Power ON/OFF state transition 8-29
CONTENTS-9
Table
Table 1-1 List of required tools 1-2
Table 6-1 Maintenance part names (Cover) 6-3
Table 6-2 Maintenance parts names (Foot assembly) 6-3
Table 6-3 Maintenance parts names (Y drive unit) 6-3
Table 6-4 Maintenance parts names (X drive unit) 6-4
Table 6-5 Maintenance parts names (Power unit) 6-4
Table 6-7 Maintenance parts names (Wiping head unit) 6-5
Table 6-8 Maintenance parts names (Capping unit) 6-5
Table 6-9 Maintenance parts names (Ink cartridge unit) 6-6
Table 6-10 Maintenance parts names (Sub tank unit) 6-6
Table 6-11 Maintenance parts names (Heater) 6-6
Table 6-12 Maintenance parts names (Winder unit) 6-7
Table 6-13 Maintenance parts names (cables) 6-7
Table 6-14 Maintenance parts names (Jigs) 6-7
1-1
Section 1 Maintenance Procedure Overview
Section 1 Maintenance Procedure Overview
This section describes the primary maintenance procedure, necessary tools and the names of
parts of the printer.
1.1 Maintenance Procedure Overview
Maintenance is divided into periodic inspection and maintenance based on a maintenance
contract and non-periodic maintenance which is performed when a trouble occurs.
A flowchart of each type of maintenance is shown in Fig. 1-1.
Confirm the details of the problem and the
situation in which it occurred.
Perform troubleshooting.
- If the SCSI controller seems to be defective => Section 5
- General problem or defective print quality => Section 4
Replace defective parts. => Section 6
Replace parts or perform adjustment if
necessary. => Section 7
Verify that the problem has been eliminated.
Start
Check the state of the plotter (problem,
complaint, etc.).
Check or clean parts. => Section 2
Replace parts if necessary (=> Section 6),
or perform adjustment (=> Section 7).
Print a drawing to verify that there is no
problem.
Maintenance that is
performed when a
problem occurs
Periodic inspection
and maintenance
Periodic inspection/When a problem occurs
End
End
Fig. 1-1 Maintenance work flowchart
1-2
1.2 Required Tools
Table 1-1 lists the tools and measuring equipment required for maintenance.
Table 1-1 List of required tools (1/2)
emaN ytitinauQ skrameR
)stib2(revirdwercsspillihP 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
)tib1(revirdwercsspillihP 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoc,lavomerredocnE
)stib2(revirdeuqrotspillihP 1elbaliavayllaicremmoc,)gk5(noitallatsnitinudaeH
tcudorp
)stib2(revirdwercsdezilibatS 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
revirdwercslamroN 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoc,sgnirEgnivomerroF
revirdwercsnoisicerplamroN 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoc,sgnirEgnivomerroF
rennapsrablanogaxeH 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
sreilpeson-gnolrorennapS 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoc,sgnirEgnivomerroF
sreppiN 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
retseT 1yllaicremmoc,tnemerusaemegatlovylppusrewoproF
tcudorpelbaliava
)noisicerpssalc1SIJ(elacslateM 1,eromromm003,tnemtsujdatinudaehroF
tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoc
rettucebuT 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
efinkrettuC 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
rednibelbaC 1 tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
elacshtiwreifingaM)tnelaviuqeroS-038M(
1:elacS(001-8002.oN:001xepocsorcimttatskaeP
)dradnats
retemorgyhdnaretemomrehT 1yllaicremmoc,kcehctnemnorivnenoitallatsnitinuroF
tcudorpelbaliava
tlebnoitareleced,tlebsuonorhcnySesaerg
1L06-MEaisAgnisocwoT
).detutitsbusebnacesaergnociliS(tnelaviuqero
W/FenignegnitirwerrofdracCIMOR
1)00718754000U(51-38118A89BM:ustijuF)00398355000U(A60R-3A6904FJ:ukosijuF
kcasregnifrosevolG tes1noitcetorpniatskniroF
tcudorpelbaliavayllaicremmoC
repapgninaelCsA
deriuqertnelaviuqeroepiwmik,gninarlcniatskniroF
kcitsepiWsA
deriuqeregairracehtfoecafrusnwodtnorfgninaelcroF
1-3
Section 1 Maintenance Procedure Overview
Table 1-1 List of required tools (2/2)
emaN ytitnauQ skrameR
diuqiLgninaelC deriuqersA lonahtE
elacsgnirpsllup/hsup)N69.1(g002 1 )hsup(tnemtsujdanoisnettlebSUS-
elacsgnirpsllup/hsup)N89(gk01 1)llup(tnemtsujdanoisnettlebrotomX-)llup(tnemtsujdanoisnettlebrotomY-
elacsgnirpsllup/hsup)N8.9(gk1 1 )llup(tnemerusaemrewoppirgrellorerusserP-
tnemtsujdathgieh/ssenerauqsnetalPgij
1tnemtsujdassenerauqsnetalP-
tnemtsujda)level(thgiehnetalP-tnemtsujdathgiehtinugnipiW-
thgieh)esabdaeh(egairraCgijtnemtsujda
1tnemtsujdathgiehegairraC-
tnemtsujdamsilellarapegairraC-
gijtnemtsujdanoitisopdaeH tes1 tnemtsujdanoitisopdnanoitarilcnidaeH
)trohs(nipgninoitisopdaeH 1 -
)gnol(nipgninoitisopdaeH 1 -
etalpecnerefergninoitisopdaeH 1 -
1gijecnerefergninoitisopdaeH 1 -
2gijecnerefergninoitisopdaeH 1 -
)trohs(revirdwercs- 1 -
)gnol(revirdwercs+ 1 -
revirdwercstehctaltesffO tes1 lavomerwercsgnitnuomrevocliarY
diuqilgninaelcpaC tes1 tikecnanetniamyliaD
diuqilgninaelcrepiW tes1 tikecnanetniamyliaD
bawsgninaelC tes1 tikecnanetniamyliaD
segniryS tes1 tikecnanetniamyliaD
egdirtracdiuqilecnanetniaM 6 -
egdirtracymmaD 6 -
egdirtracdiuqilgninaelC 6 -
1-4
1.3 External Views and Names of Parts
The externals and names of parts of the printer are shown in Fig. 1-2 and 1-3.
Fig. 1-2 External views and names of parts (Front)
<Front of the printer>
(1) Operation panel The lamps and LCD, which indicate the printer status, and keys for setting functionsare located on the operation panel.
(2) Heater control panel The keys for setting heater temperature are located on the heater control panel.(3) Ink holder Holds the ink cartridge.(4) Flange Sets paper roll.(5) Caster Unlocks the caster to move the printer, and lock it to secure the printer.
(6) Paper pressure alternation leverAlternates paper pressure depending on the paper thickness.
(7) Pressure roller up/down leverPresses down the paper after inserting the paper into the paper supplying part andreleases the pressing down of the paper.
(8) Paper-out release lever (ME lever)
Releases paper-out detection sensor.
(1)
(3)
(5)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(6)
Ink cartridge
Roll paper
(4)
(7)
(2)
(8)
Lock Unlock
1-5
Section 1 Maintenance Procedure Overview
Fig. 1-3 External views and names of parts (Rear)
<Rear of the printer>
(20)
(14)
SCSI controller
Network controller
(17)
(12)
(9)
(10)(13)
(20)
(18)
(19)
Printer power supply
Heater power supply
(15)
(16)
(11)(23)
(21)
(22)
(24)
(9) Power receptacle
(10) Printer switch
(11) Rear cover
(12) SCSI connector
(13) ID switch SCSI controller
(14) Terminator switch
(15) Paper outlet
(16) Waste ink bottle
(17) Power receptacle
(18) Heater switch
(19) 100 V/200 V alternation switch
(20) Cap cover
(21) Wiper cover
(22) Print stop/restart, cancel keys
(23) FAN guard potitioning slide bar
(24) Head up/down lever
1-6
1.4 Maintenance Space
The space required for maintaining the plotter is shown in Fig. 1-4.
Fig. 1-4 Maintenance space
Height direction: 1700
(Unit: mm)
400 400
2-1
Section 2 Inspection and Maintenance
Section 2 Inspection and Maintenance
We recommend that maintenance and inspection should be performed to keep the printer
performance in the best condition.
The maintenance mode is used to carry out maintenance and inspection.
Parts should be adjusted and checked as required during inspection and maintenance.
The following inspection and maintenance procedures must be followed:
- Maintenance mode menu operations and functions: Section 3
- Troubleshooting: Sections 4 and 5
- Replacement parts information and disassembly/reassembly procedures: Section 6
- Adjustment: Section 7
2-2
#CAP CLEANING>
NOTE
Clean he edge and periphery
of the upper surface of the
cap.
Daily inspection and maintenance
<Capping Unit Cleaning>
Enter to the SERVICE menu and select “CAP CLEANING” on the operation panel.
The head carriage will move to the wiper side and you can access easily to the capping
unit.
Open the rear cover and cap cover. Wipe up the edge and periphery of the upper surface
of all (six) caps with the cotton swab.
Close the cap cover and rear cover. The head carriage will return to the capping unit
position (home position) automatically.
- Do not leave the printer for long time in the condition that the head carriage
is not on the capping unit.
Rear cover
Carriage cover
2-3
Section 2 Inspection and Maintenance
<Wiper Blade Cleaning>
Enter to the “SERVICE” menu and select “WIPE CLEANING” on the operation panel.
The wiper blade will come up for cleaning.
Open the rear cover and the wiper cover.
#WIPER CLEANING>
Rear cover
Wiper cover
2-4
NOTE
<Test Print>
Enter to the “ADJUST” menu and select “TEST PRINT” on the operation panel. (See
page 3-19.)
Check no print dot-off and missing.
Perform the test print as the 1st time print on every day and especially after cap cleaning
for head cleaning.
When the print dot-off occurs at test print, enter to the “CLEANING” menu and select
“NORMAL.” (See page 3-25.)
- Do not leave the head carriage at the position other than on the capping
unit for a long time (more than 5 minutes).
Check no dregs of the dried ink and no damage on the blades.
Clean the front and back of the blades with the swab infiltrated into the wiper cleaning
liquid.
After completion of the cleaning, close the wipe cover and the rear cover to return the
wiper to the position as it was.
Wiper blades
2-5
Section 2 Inspection and Maintenance
When leaving the printer for a long time (more than 2 weeks) in power
off state
Store the printer after cleaning the head and ink path with the maintenance liquid and charging
the maintenance liquid.
Six maintenance liquid cartridges and six dummy cartridges are mandatory.
- When the printer has been left for one month or more in power off state,
the flag clear operation is necessary.* Enter the maintenance mode to clear the flag. (See 3.2 (Entering) Maintenance Mode)
<Servce Clean>
Enter to the “SERVICE” menu and select “ SERVICE CLEAN.”
The head wash operation is mandatory when returning the printer from the status that
the service clean is performed.
<Waste Ink Bottle Disposal>
Pour the waste ink into the proper container you prepared and make the waste ink
bottle empty.
Every one week inspection and maintenance
<Wiper sponge cleaning>
The wiper sponge has to be moistened.
Check the moisture of the sponge every day before printing.
Check whether the sponge is dried by pressing the dried swab on the sponge.
If the sponge is dried, moisten it with the wiper cleaning liquid. For details, contact
our service center.
Every one month inspection and maintenance
<Head Cleaning>
Clean the head one time per a month according to the documentation attached to the
head cleaner kit.
Wiper sponge
Syringe
#SERVICE>SERVICE CLEAN
NOTE
2-6
When returning the printer from a long time leaving (more than 2 weeks)
Perform the cleaning of the head and ink path with cleaning liquid.
Six cleaning liquid cartridges and six dummy cartridges are mandatory.
- When the printer has been left for one month or more in power off state,
the flag clear operation is necessary.* Enter the maintenance mode to clear the flag. (See 3.2 (Entering) Maintenance Mode)
<Head Wash>
Select HEAD WASH in SERVICE menu on the operation panel.
After performing the head wash, charge the ink (See Ink Charge after Head Washing).
<Ink Charge After Head Washing>
Charge the ink after head washing before printing when the printer is leaved for a long
time.
Enter to “SERVICE” menu and select “INK CHARGE” on the operation panel.
#SERVICE>INK CHARGE
#SERVICE>HEAD WASH
NOTE
- The printer performs fill cap operation to keep the good head condition at
first 20 hours after print wait state and every 3 days.
It is recommended to keep the printer ON except when the printer is not
used for a long time.
Avoid leaving the printer with no ink for one month or more for head
protection.
- Do not open and close the rear cover and do not lift and push down the
levers during service cleaning and head washing.
If doing so, the printer may start service cleaning and head washing from
the begining.
Insert the ink cassettes and charge the ink.
Leave the printer for at least one hour after completion of ink charging.
Check moisture of the wiper sponge.
Perform the test print.
When the print dot-off occurs during the test print, perform normal cleaning in the
“CLEANING” menu.
(See page 3-38.)
NOTE
2-7
Section 2 Inspection and Maintenance
When returning the printer from a long time leaving (within 2 weeks) in power off state.
<Head Wash>
Perform the cleaning of the head and ink path with cleaning liquid.
Six cleaning liquid cartridges and six dummy cartridges are mandatory.
After performing the head wash, charge the ink (See Ink Charge After Head Washing).
#SERVICE>HEAD WASH
NOTE
- The printer performs fill cap operation to keep the good head condition at
first 20 hours after print wait state and every 3 days.
It is recommended to keep the printer ON except when the printer is not
used for a long time.
Avoid leaving the printer with no ink for one month or more for head
protection.
- Do not open and close the rear cover and do not lift and push down the
levers during service cleaning and head washing.
If doing so, the printer may start service cleaning and head washing from
the begining.
<Ink Charge After Head Washing>
Charge the ink after head washing before printing when the printer is leaved for a long
time.
Enter to “SERVICE” menu and select “INK CHARGE” on the operation panel.
Insert the ink cassettes and charge the ink.
Leave the printer for at least one hour after completion of ink charging.
Check moisture of the wiper sponge.
Perform the test print.
When the print dot-off occurs during the test print, perform normal cleaning in the
“CLEANING” menu.
(See page 3-38.)
#SERVICE>INK CHARGE
2-8
When leaving the printer in power off for more than one month
Regardless of performing the service cleaning, a service call error message will be displayed on
the operation panel.
Contact SIIT service centers.
NOTE
- Do not leave the printer without maintenance liquid charge more than 2
weeks in power off state for head protection.
- When leaving the printer more than one month, consult with shops or our
nearest service office in advance.
3-1
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.1 Introduction
The operation panel functions of this printer are divided as follows:
- User mode: operation panel functions used by general users
- Maintenance mode: operation panel functions used for factory adjustment and field
maintenance
The heater panel functions of this printer are described in 3.7 Heater Panel Maintenance Mode
Menu and Functions.
This section describes only the operations in the maintenance mode for factory adjustment and
field maintenance.
For information on the operations in the user mode for general users, see the User's Guide.
3-2
3.2 Entering Maintenance Mode
The maintenance mode is designed for factory adjustment and field maintenance by maintenance
personnel.
There are two methods to enter the maintenance mode.
(1) When the interface board (controller) is mounted.
(2) When the interface board (controller) is not mounted. (engine start)
<When the interface board is mounted> <When the interface board is not mounted>
On-line state (idle mode)
Press key to set the printer off-line.
Press the keys as follows:
, , , keys
Enter a password* as follows to display the top menu for the engine
maintenance mode.
PRINT READYROLL : 64" (PAPER)
INITIALIZINGE E1000
INK ENTRYPAPER F. ADJ
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ RESET
MAINTENANCE MODEPASSWORD?
Password
, , ,
* Passwards for operaters
Operater
Field service personnel
3-3
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.3 Basic Menu Operation
There are the following menu groups in the engine maintenance mode, and they can be switched
by pressing the key.
The menu has the following hierarchical structure:
<Menu group>
This menu is displayed at the first level.
Some menus have several sub-menus.
<Second-level and third-level menus>
Sub-menus of the menu group
<Parameters>
Select a selected menu item or enter a value.
There are three methods: choice input, value entry, and execution.
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
TEST-PRN. FEEDSYSTEM
FUNCCOUNTER
MONITOR SETUPDIAG ACTUATOR
3-4
3.3.1 Menu treeunempoT
)unemlevel-tsrif( unemlevel-dnoceS unemlevel-drihT retemaraP
JDA.CEM:
NRETTAPTSUJDA - tupnieciohCJDADEEF-JDAMTB&POT-
NRETTAPDEEF -
tupnieciohC)SNED-H(HGUOR-)LAUQ-H(HGUOR-)LAMRON(LIATED-)TFARD(HGUOR-)SNED-H(LIATED-)LAUQ-H(LIATED-)LAMRON(2LIATED-)TFARD(LATED-)SNED-H(2LIATED-)LAUQ-H(2LIATED-
)TFARD(2LIATED-NRETTAPKCEHC - noitucexE
NOITISOPPAC - yrtneeulaVNOITISOPEPIW - yrtneeulaV
JDA)POT(ROSNES - yrtneeulaVJDA)EDIS(ROSNES - yrtneeulaV
TSUJDADEEF
ESAB yrtneeulaV)1*(REPAP yrtneeulaV
)1*(yssolG)1*(ettaM
)1*(rennaB)1*(B_TLB
NRETTAPKCAB YTILAUQ-H-LAMRON-TFARD-YTISNED-H-
TSUJDAKCAB
ESAB yrtneeulaV)1*(ettaM yrtneeulaV
)1*(rennaB yrtneeulaV)1*(B_TLB yrtneeulaV
.JDA.H:
NRETTAPJDAH -
tupnieciohC2JDADAEH-1JDADAEH-ELZZON-
LSOPKNI-SOPDAEH-THGIR/TFEL-RSOPKNI-
EGAIRRACEVOM - tupnieciohCEPIW-RETNEC-PAC-EMOH-
JDAR-L
kB yrtneeulaVmL yrtneeulaVcL yrtneeulaV
Y yrtneeulaVM yrtneeulaVC yrtneeulaV
.JDA.SOP-H
mL yrtneeulaVcL yrtneeulaV
Y yrtneeulaVM yrtneeulaVC yrtneeulaV
SOP-ITCELES rennaB-ettaM-yssolG-REPAP-ESAB-B-TLB-
)2*(XXXXXX)L(SOP-I
kB yrtneeulaVmL yrtneeulaVcL yrtneeulaV
Y yrtneeulaVM yrtneeulaVC yrtneeulaV
)2*(XXXXXX)R(SOP-I
kB yrtneeulaVmL yrtneeulaVcL yrtneeulaV
Y yrtneeulaVM yrtneeulaVC yrtneeulaV
EGATLOVEVIRD
)L(kB yrtneeulaV)R(kB yrtneeulaV)L(mL yrtneeulaV)R(mL yrtneeulaV
)L(cL yrtneeulaV)R(cL yrtneeulaV
)L(Y yrtneeulaV)R(Y yrtneeulaV)L(M yrtneeulaV)R(M yrtneeulaV
)L(C yrtneeulaV)R(C yrtneeulaV
3-5
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
unempoT)unemlevel-tsrif( unemlevel-dnoceS unemlevel-drihT retemaraP
ETNM.H:
EGRAHCKNI - tupnieciohCTHGIR-TFEL-LLA-
TCARTXEKNI - tupnieciohCTHGIR-TFEL-LLA-
ECIVRES - tupnieciohCHSAWDAEH-NAELCECIVRES-
GNINAELCOTUA - tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
EDOMEGAHCKNI - tupnieciohCDEHSINIF-TEYTON-
GNINAELC - tupnieciohCGNORTS-THGILS-LAMRON-
NEPOPAC - noitucexE
ESOLCPAC - noitucexE
TESER: - - -
.NRP-TSET:
0NRETTAPTSET
ETUCEXE noitucexE
NOITCERIDtupnieciohC
INU-IB-
kB tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
C tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
M tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
Y tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
cL tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
mL tupnieciohCFFO-NO-
EDOM tupnieciohC012030-118070-018070-014070-
HTGNEL yrtneeulaV
TNUOC yrtneeulaV
1NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
2NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
3NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
4NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
5NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
6NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
7NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
8NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
9NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- .ylrtarapesdenifederasegapdna,htgnelenil,roloC
01NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
11NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- .ylrtarapesdenifederasegapdna,htgnelenil,roloC
21NRETTAPTSET 0NRETTAPsaemaS- -
METSYS:
EGAUGNAL - tupnieciohCESENAPAJ-HSILGNE-
ETADMETSYS - yrtneeulaV
EMITMETSYS - yrtneeulaV
.ONLAIRES - yrtneeulaV
TINIMARVN - yrtneeulaV
GNITTESEVAS - yrtneeulaV
GNITTESEROTSER - yrtneeulaV
MARVNEVAS - yrtneeulaV
MARVNEROTSER - yrtneeulaV
NOISREVTOOB - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVW/F - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVBPI - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVMIW - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVBCI - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVCISA - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVWHTAEH - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOISREVWFTAEH - )yalpsiD(noitucexE
DEEF: - - -
3-6
unempoT)unemlevel-tsrif( unemlevel-dnoceS unemlevel-drihT retemaraP
ROTINOM:
ROSNESENIGNE
EGDE )yalpsiD(noitucexE
DEEF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
TIXE )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NOITISOPEMOH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
EPIW )yalpsiD(noitucexE
REVEL )yalpsiD(noitucexE
L-KCOLRETNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
R-KCOLRETNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
DNEDAEH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
ROSNESKNI
NO1KNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NO2KNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NO3KNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NO4KNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NO5KNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
NO6KNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
L-REVOCKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
R-REVOCKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
ROSNESKNATBUS
1LLUF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
2LLUF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
3LLUF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
4LLUF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
5LLUF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
6LLUF )yalpsiD(noitucexE
1FLAH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
2FLAH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
3FLAH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
4FLAH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
5FLAH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
6FLAH )yalpsiD(noitucexE
1YLPPUSKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
2YLPPUSKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
3YLPPUSKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
4YLPPUSKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
5YLPPUSKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
6YLPPUSKNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
ELTTOBETSAW LLATSNI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
TINUDNIW
KCALS )yalpsiD(noitucexE
1HCTIWS )yalpsiD(noitucexE
2HCTIWS )yalpsiD(noitucexE
ROTSIMREHT
.VNE )yalpsiD(noitucexE
1TZP )yalpsiD(noitucexE
2TZP )yalpsiD(noitucexE
3TZP )yalpsiD(noitucexE
4TZP )yalpsiD(noitucexE
5TZP )yalpsiD(noitucexE
6TZP )yalpsiD(noitucexE
1CI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
2CI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
3CI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
4CI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
5CI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
6CI )yalpsiD(noitucexE
3-7
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
unempoT)unemlevel-tsrif( unemlevel-dnoceS unemlevel-drihT retemaraP
GAID:
MORHSALF - noitucexE
0IP - noitucexE
MARVN - noitucexE
F/IEGAIRRAC - noitucexE
MORPEEKNI - noitucexE
ATADISCS - noitucexE
GTA - noitucexE
MARD - noitucexE
MSR - noitucexE
CTP - noitucexE
DDP - noitucexE
LLA noitucexE
DDVV42V71
V6noitucexE
LENAPYEK )yalpsiD(noitucexE
YALPSID tupnI
PUTES:
EVASREWOP -tupnieciohC
FFO-NO-
REVIRDISCS -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-ELBITAPMOC-
3-8
unempoT)unemlevel-tsrif( unemlevel-dnoceS unemlevel-drihT retemaraP
ROTAUTCA:
EGAIRRACEVOM -tupnieciohC
PAC-EMOH-EPIW-RETNEC-
ROTOMFP -tupnieciohC
DRAWROF-FFO-DNIWER-
ROTOMPMUP -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
ROTOMEPIW -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
1DIONELOSPMUP -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
2DIONELOSPMUP -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
1ROTOMNAF -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
2ROTOMNAF -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
3ROTOMNAF -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
NAFLOOC -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
NAFLOOCDAEH -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
ROTOMDNIW -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
1MSI -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
2MSI -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
3MSI -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
4MSI -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
5MSI -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
6MSI -tupnieciohC
LAMRON-POTS-ESREVER-
ROTOMDNIW -tupnieciohC
NO-FFO-
NOITCNUF:
TNIRPMETSYS - noitucexE
TNIRPGOLRORRE - noitucexE
TNIRPYRTSIH - noitucexE
RETNUOC:
TNUOCENIHCAM - yrtneeulaV
3ATNUOCREPAP - yrtneeulaV
2ATNUOCREPAP - yrtneeulaV
1ATNUOCREPAP - yrtneeulaV
0ATNUOCREPAP - yrtneeulaV
"63TNUOCREPAP - yrtneeulaV
3-9
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.3.2 Basic operations and keys
Operation panel key functions are listed in the table below.
yeKlevel-tsriF)unempoT(
level-dnoceS level-drihT sgnittesretemaraP
otsrefsnarTetatsenilnoeht
enilnoehtotsrefsnarTetatsehtnehW(etats
enilffoehtotsnrutrehtotgnirefsnartretfa
lliwetatseht,enilno).unempotnieb
enilnoehtotsrefsnarTetatsehtnehW(etats
enilffoehtotsnrutrehtotgnirefsnartretfa
lliwetatseht,enilno).unempotnieb
enilnoehtotsrefsnarTsnrutretatsehtnehW(etats
retfaenilffoehtot,enilnoehtotgnirefsnart
potnieblliwetatseht).unem
ehtsegnahCpuorgunem
X X X
X 1* X XehtotsnruteretatsehT
-dnocecehtrolevel-driht.level
X XunemehtsenimreteD
ehtotsrefsnartdna.sgnittesretemarap
retemarapehtsenimreteD.noitcaehtsetucexero
unemastceleS-tsrifehtotsnruteR
.level-dnocesehtotsnruteR
.level
X:tpnieciohCX:noitucexE
tigidagnivoM:yrtneelaV
unemastceleS level-drihtotseoG XX:tpnieciohCX:noitucexE
tigidagnivoM:yrtneelaV
unemastceleSlevelemasastceleS
.unemlevelemasastceleS
.unem.unemlevelemasastceleS
unemastceleSlevelemasastceleS
.unemlevelemasastceleS
.unem.unemlevelemasastceleS
etomeRfforewop
otsrefsnarTnwodtuhseht
.etats
tuhsehtotsrefsnarT.etatsnwod
nwodtuhsehtotsrefsnarT.etats
3-10
(1) Menu group selection
- Select a menu group directly with , , and keys.
- Switch between menu group screens with the key.
(2) Menu selection
- , keys: Change between menus at the same level.
- , key: Change menu levels. The key moves to a higher-level menu,
and the key, to a lower-level menu.
- key: Select a menu to change parameters.
(3) Parameter setting or change
- , keys: Switch between parameters.
Increment or decrement a value when it is entered.
- , keys: Shift digit when entering a value.
(4) Parameter setting or canceling:
- key: Determine a parameter.
- key: Cancel an input parameter value and return to menu selection.
(5) Setting save
- Changes are automatically saved in parameters.
(6) End of setting
- When the key is pressed, the printer goes back to online mode.
3-11
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
For information on two-level choice input, value input, and execution operation procedures,
see the Section 3, Menu Operations, of the User's Guide.
This section explains the three-level menu structure.
<Example: If the parameter of the third-level menu structure is value entry type>
The PAPER FEED ADJ. menu on the MEC. ADJ menu is given as an example.
(1) Select a menu group with , , , keys. Select MEC. ADJ menu
with key.
(2) Select a second-level menu group with , keys. Select DRIVE
VOLTAGE here.
(3) Press key to move to the third-level menu.
Select a third-level menu item with , keys. Select Lm (R) here.
(4) Press key to change parameters. Select Lm (R) here.
(5) Move to the digit to be modified with , keys.
(6) Press , keys to modify the digit.
(7) Press key to change the parameter value and return to the condition in (3).
Note: indicates that the part blinks inversely.
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# Lm (R)
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# Lm (R) > 17.0 V
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# Lm (R) * 17.0 V
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# Lm (R) * 17.0 V
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# Lm (R) * 17.2 V
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# Lm (R) * 17.2 V
3-12
<Display format: The second-level format (The first-level - the third-level - parameter
setting)>
Note: The top of the parameter becomes ">" (setting display state) or "*"
(changeable state).
<Display format: The third-level format (The first-level - the third-level - parameter
setting)>
Note: The top of the parameter becomes ">" (setting display state) or "*"
(changeable state).
Note: The lower column consists of the third-level menu display: 8
characters (include ">".)
(When the third-level menu consists of more than 8 characters, ">"
position is shifted back.)
# The second-level nemu# The third-level nemu>parameter
3-13
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.4 Menu Operation: Maintenance Mode
3.4.1 MEC. ADJ Menu
Sets mechanical adjustment parameters.
When the key is pressed, mechanical adjustment parameters can be set.
(1) Adjustment pattern print (ADJUST PATTERN)
Prints an adjustment pattern to be used for mechanical adjustment.
<Parameters (choice input)>
- TOP & BTM ADJ : Top & bottom adjustment pattern
(2) Feed Pattern (FEED PATTERN)
Prints an adjustment pattern to be used for paper feed adjustment.
Press the key to stop printing.
<Parameters (choice input)>
- ROUGH (NORMAL) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.25% in
99.0 to 101.1% range. (Standard 4-pass print)
- ROUGH (H-QUAL) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.25% in
99.0 to 101.1% range. (High quality 8-pass print)
- ROUGH (H-DENS) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.25% in
99.0 to 101.1% range. (High density 8-pass print)
- ROUGH (DRAFT) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.25% in
99.0 to 101.1% range. (Draft 2-pass print)
- DETAIL (NORMAL) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.06% in the
current setting value ±0.12% range. (Standard 4-pass print)
- DETAIL (H-QUAL) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.06% in the
current setting value ±0.12% range. (High quality 8-pass
print)
- DETAIL (H-DENS) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.06% in the
current setting value ±0.12% range. (High density 8-pass
print)
- DETAIL (DRAFT) : Prints the paper feed adjustment pattern every 0.06% in the
current setting value ±0.12% range. (Draft 2-pass print)
# ADJUST PATTERN> TOP & BOTTOM
MEC. ADJ H. ADJH.MNTE RESET
# FEED PATTERN> ROUGH1 (NORMAL)
3-14
# CAP POSITION> +0.0 mm
# WIPE POSITION> +0.0 mm
# SENSOR (TOP) ADJ> +0.0 mm
- DETAIL2 (NORMAL) : Prints the same pattern as DETAIL (NORMAL) 's.
One pattern is printed longer than DETAIL (NORMAL) 's.
- DETAIL2 (H-QUAL) : Prints the same pattern as DETAIL (H-QUAL) 's.
One pattern is printed longer than DETAIL (H-QUAL) 's.
- DETAIL2 (H-DENS) : Prints the same pattern as DETAIL (H-DENS) 's.
One pattern is printed longer than DETAIL (H-DENS) 's.
- DETAIL2 (DRAFT) : Prints the same pattern as DETAIL (DRAFT) 's.
One pattern is printed longer than DETAIL (DRAFT) 's.
(3) Check pattern (CHECK PATTERN)
Prints a check pattern.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(4) Cap position correction value (CAP POSITION)
Inputs a correction value for the capping unit position.
<Parameter (Value input)>
+X.Xmm (-5.0 to +5.0mm)
(5) Wiping position correction value (WIPE POSITION)
Inputs a correction value for the wiping unit position.
<Parameter (Value input)>
±X.Xmm (-5.0 to +5.0mm)
(6) Top margin position correction value (SENSOR (TOP) ADJ)
Inputs a correction value for the top margin position according to the print results of the top
& bottom adjustment pattern..
<Parameter (Value input)>
±X.Xmm (-5.0 to +5.0mm)
# CHECK PATTERN>
3-15
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(7) Side margin position correction value (SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ)
Inputs a correction value for the side margin position according to the print results of the top
& bottom adjustment pattern..
<Parameter (Value input)>
±X.Xmm (-5.0 to +5.0mm)
(8) Paper feed correction value (FEED ADJ (BASE))
Inputs a correction value for the base media.
<Sab-menus>
# BASE : Inputs a basical correction value for media feed. The
correction value is reflected to the preset media's feeding.
Note: Use this setting only for manufacturing process.
# PAPER : Inputs a correction value for PAPER feeding.
# Glossy : Inputs a correction value for Glossy feeding.
# Matte : Inputs a correction value for Matte feeding.
# Banner : Inputs a correction value for Banner feeding.
# BLT_B : Inputs a correction value for BLT_B feeding.
Note: The registered media name is displayed for the media name. The
number of selections changes according to registration and delection
of media.
<Parameter (Value input)>
xxx.xx% (097.00 to 103.00%)
(9) Media back feed adjustment pattern
Prints for adjustmenting the media back feed..
<Parameters (choice input)>
- NORMAL : Prints by the standard 4-pass print
- H-QUAL : Prints by the high quality 8-pass print
- H-DENS : Prints by the high density 8-pass print
- DRAFT : Prints by the draft 2-pass print
# FEED ADJ> BASE >099 .80%
# BACK PATTERN> NORMAL
# SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ> +0.0 mm
3-16
(10) Paper back feed correction (unit: pulse)
Inputs a media back feed correction value. Inputs a correction value based on the media
back feed adjustment pattern.
<Sab-menus>
# BASE : Inputs a basical correction value for media back feed. The
correction value is reflected to the preset media's feeding.
Note: Use this setting only for manufacturing process.
# PAPER : Inputs a correction value for PAPER.
# Glossy : Inputs a correction value for Glossy.
# Matte : Inputs a correction value for Matte.
# Banner : Inputs a correction value for Banner.
# BLT_B : Inputs a correction value for BLT_B.
Note: The registered media name is displayed for the media name. The
number of selections changes according to registration and delection
of media.
<Parameter (Value input)>
±2000P (±5 mm)
1 pulse = 2.5 µm
# BACK ADJUST> BASE >+0000P
3-17
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
# L-R ADJ# BK >+00 & A
3.4.2 H. ADJ. Menu
Sets head adjustment parameters.
When the key is pressed, head adjustment parameters can be adjusted.
If a parameter is modified, it is automatically saved to the NVRAM.
(1) Head adjustment pattern print (H ADJ PATTERN)
Prints an adjustment pattern to be used for head adjustment.
Press the key during print to stop the printing.
<Parameter (Choice entry)>
- NOZZLE : Prints a nozzle check pattern.
- HEAD ADJ1 : Prints a head adjustment pattern.
- HEAD ADJ2 : Prints a head adjustment check pattern.
- LEFT/RIGHT : Prints a left/right position adjustment pattern.
- HEAD POS : Prints a head position adjustment pattern.
- INK POS L : Prints a reciprocating adjustment pattern L.
- INK POS R : Prints a reciprocating adjustment pattern R.
(2) Carriage movement (MOVE CARRIAGE)
Used to move the carriage when adjusting an installed head.
<Parameter (Choice entry)>
- HOME : Detects home position and move the carriage to the home position.
- CAP : Moves the carriage to the capping position.
- CENTER : Moves the carriage to the center.
- WIPE : Moves the carriage to the wiping position.
(3) Head right and left correction value (L-R ADJ)
Adjusts the right and left nozzle position of each head.
Inputs a correction value according to the print results of the head adjustment pattern.
<Sub-menus>
- # Bk : Inputs a correction value for the right and left position of Bk head..
- # Lm: Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Lm head.
- # Lc : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Lc head.
- # M : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the M head.
- # Y : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Y head.
- # C : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the C head.
# H ADJ PATTERN> NOZZLE OK?
MEC. ADJ H. ADJH.MNTE RESET
3-18
<Parameter (Value input)>
- +00: -32 to +31 (Unit: 1 dot)
- A: A to H (Unit: 1/8 dot)
[Common to all menus]
(4) Head position correction value (H-POS. ADJ.)
Adjusts the head position in the main scanning direction of each head. Input a correction
value according to the print results of the head adjustment pattern.
<Sub-menus>
- # Lm: Inputs a correction value for the Lm head position.
- # Lc: Inputs a correction value for the Lc head position.
- # M: Inputs a correction value for the M head position.
- # Y: Inputs a correction value for the Y head position.
- # C: Inputs a correction value for the C head position.
<Parameter (Value input)>
- +00: -32 to +31 (Unit: 1 dot)
- A: A to H (Unit: 1/8 dot)
[Common to all menus]
(5) Media selection for reciplocating print position setting
Selects a target medium for reciplocating print position correction.
<Parameter (choice entry) >
BASE : Selects a basical media. When a basical correction value is input in (6)
menu, the correction value is reflected to the preset media.
Note: Use this setting only for manufacturing process.
PAPER : Selects PAPER as basical media.
Glossy : Selects Glossy as basical media.
Matte : Selects Matte as basical media.
Banner : Selects Banner as basical media.
BLT_B : Selects BLT_B as basical media.
Note: The registered media name is displayed for the media name. The
number of selections changes according to registration and delection
of media.
# H-POS ADJ# Lm >+00 & A
# SELECT I-POS> BASE
3-19
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(6) Ink position correction value (I-POS. ADJ.)Adjusts the ink position (L) of each head for the selected media. Input a correction valueaccording to the print results of the head adjustment pattern.
<Sub-menus>
- # Bk : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Bk head.
- # Lm: Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Lm head.
- # Lc : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Lc head.
- # M : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the M head.
- # Y : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Y head.
- # C : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the C head.
<Parameter (Value input)>
- +00: -32 to +31 (Unit: 1 dot)
- A: A to H (Unit: 1/8 dot)
[Common to all menus]
(7) Ink position correction value (I-POS. ADJ.)Adjusts the ink position (R) of each head for the selected media. Input a correction valueaccording to the print results of the head adjustment pattern.
<Sub-menus>
- # Bk : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Bk head.
- # Lm: Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Lm head.
- # Lc : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Lc head.
- # M : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the M head.
- # Y : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the Y head.
- # C : Inputs a correction value for the ink position of the C head.
<Parameter (Value input)>
- +00: -32 to +31 (Unit: 1 dot)
- A: A to H (Unit: 1/8 dot)
[Common to all menus]
# I-POS L xxxxxx# BK >+00 & A
# I-POS R xxxxxx# BK >+00 & A
XXXXXX: Media name selected in (5).
XXXXXX: Media name selected in (5).
3-20
(8) Set the drive voltage of each head. (DRIVE VOLTAGE)
Input the drive voltage of each head. (Note: Set both right and left value for each head.)
<Sub-menus>
- # Bk (L) : Sets the drive voltage of the left Bk head.
- # Bk (R) : Sets the drive voltage of the left Bk head.
- # Lc (L) : Sets the drive voltage of the right Lc head.
- # Lc (R) : Sets the drive voltage of the right Lc head.
- # Lm (L) : Sets the drive voltage of the Lm head.
- # Lm (R) : Sets the drive voltage of the Lm head.
- # C (L) : Sets the drive voltage of the C head.
- # C (R) : Sets the drive voltage of the C head.
- # M (L) : Sets the drive voltage of the M head.
- # M (R) : Sets the drive voltage of the M head.
- # Y (L) : Sets the drive voltage of the Y head.
- # Y (R) : Sets the drive voltage of the Y head.<Parameter (Value input)>
xx.x V (12.0 to 20.0 V, in 0.1 V units) [Common to all menus]
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# BK (L) >16.0 V
3-21
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.4.3 H. MNTE Menu
Fills ink initially and clean heads.
When the key is pressed, the parameters can be set.
(1) Initial ink filling (INK CHARGE)
Fills ink initially.
<Parameter (Choice input)>
- ALL : Fills ink initially for all 6 colors.
- LEFT : Fills ink initially for left side 3 colors (Bk, Lc, Lm).
- RIGHT: Fills ink initially for right side 3 colors (C, M, Y).
(2) Ink drain (INK EXTRACT)
Drains ink.
<Parameter (Choice entry)>
- ALL : Drains ink initially for all 6 colors.
- LEFT : Drains ink initially for left side 3 colors (Lm, Lc, Bk).
- RIGHT: Drains ink initially for right side 3 colors (Y, M, C).
# INK CHARGE> ALL
MEC. ADJ H. ADJH.MNTE RESET
# INK EXTRACT> ALL
3-22
# AUTO CLEANING> OFF
# SERVICE> SERVICE CLEAN1
(3) Service cleaning (SERVICE)
Performs the service cleaning.
<Parameter (choice input & execution)>
- SERVICE CLEAN: Cleans the printer head and the ink path with the maintenance
liquid in the state that the ink is killed into the printer.
Use this for long time storage in filled up state of the
maintenance liquid.
- HEAD WASH: Use this when you make the printer print ready state after long
time storage .
Clean the head with the cleaning liquid.
(4) Automatic cleaning (AUTO CLEANING)
Sets whether to perform automatic cleaning.
<Parameter (Choice input)> [Initial value: ON]
- OFF : Do not perform automatic cleaning.
- ON : Performs automatic cleaning.
NOTE
- The service cleaning uses while new six maintenance liquid cartridges (for six
colors) for one sequence. The head wash uses whole new six cleaning liquid
cartridges (for six colors) for one sequence. Also, exclusive dummy cartridges
are required for ink extracting during service guidance.
- Do not open the rear cover and levers during head washing not waste
maintenance liquid and cleaning liquid due to doing over again from the
beginning.
- Both the service cleaning and the head wash take approximately one our.
The cartridge setting and removing guidance are displayed during service
cleaning and head washing. Follow the guidance.
3-23
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(5) Ink fill mode (INK CHARGE MODE)
Indicates whether ink filling is completed. The state can be changed and stored to the
NVRAM by changing the parameter.
<Parameter (Choice entry)>
- FINISHED : Ink filling is completed.
- NOT YET : Ink is not filled.
(6) Cleaning (CLEANING)
Cleans heads. Press the Cancel key to cancel operation.
<Parameter (Choice entry)>
- NORMAL : Cleaning 1 (Ordinary cleaning)
- SLIGHT : Cleaning 2 (Slight cleaning)
- STRONG : Cleaning 3 (Powerful cleaning)
(7) Cap open (CAP OPEN)
Open the cap.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(8) Cap close (CAP CLOSE)
Closes the cap.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
# INK CHARGE MODE> NOT YET
# CLEANING> NORMAL
# CAP OPEN>
# CAP CLOSE>
3-24
Service Menu guidance
1) Service clean (SERVICE CLEAN)
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
1ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES>ecnadiuglaitinI
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'2.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES*
noitcelesretemaraP.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
3ECIVRES#
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
kcehcelttobknietsaW.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
4REVOCKNILNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiugnoitcartxekniehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
5TRACYMMUDTESREVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'6.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-5.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-5REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-5TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
6REVOCKNIRNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknI
.egdirtracehtgnivomerretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
7TRACYMMUDTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'8.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-5.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-7REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-7TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
8TRATSTCARTXE
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.noitcartxekniehtfotratS
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'9.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
9GNITCARTXE
xxx.noitcartxeknirednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'01.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
01REVOCKNILNEPO
DIULFAMTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratS.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
11DIULFAMTES
REVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratSrenaelcHWgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'21.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulfecnanetniam(.detsixetonera)cc005(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcHWnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-11DIULFAMWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcHWwenatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-11REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-11DIULFAMTES
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-25
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
21REVOCKNIRNEPO
DIULFAMTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratS.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
31DIULFAMTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratSrenaelcHWgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'41.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulfecnanetniam(.detsixetonera)cc005(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcHWnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-31DIULFAMWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcHWwenatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-31REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-31DIULFAMTES
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
41TRATSEGRAHC
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratS.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'51.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
51GNIGRAHCxxx
.renaelcHWgnigrahcrednU.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'51.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
61REVOCKNILNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiuggnitcartxekniehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'71.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
71TRACYMMUDTESREVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknI.egdirtracymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'81.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-71.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsiegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-71.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
1-71REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'61.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-71TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'61.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
81REVOCKNIRNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknI
.egdirtracehtgnivomerretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'91.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
91TRACYMMUDTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknI
.egdirtracymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'02.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-91REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-91.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuomsiegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-91.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
2-91TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'81.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
02TRATSTCARTXE
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
.tolsehtkcehC.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'81.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnitcartxekniehtfotratS.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'12.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
12GNITCARTXE
xxx.gnitcartxeknirednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
22REVOCKNILNEPO
DIULFAMTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratS.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
32DIULFAMTES
REVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratSrenaelcHWgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'42.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulfecnanetniam(.detsixetonera)cc052(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcHWnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-32DIULFAMWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcHWwenatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-32REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-32DIULFAMTES
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-26
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
42REVOCKNIRNEPO
DIULFAMTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratS
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
52DIULFAMTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratSretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'62.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWgnitnuom)cc052(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detsixetonera.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
HWnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelc
1-52DIULFAMWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcHWwenatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-52REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-52DIULFAMTES
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'52.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
62TRATSEGRAHC
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcHWfotratS
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'72.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
72GNIGRAHCxxx
.renaelcHWgnigrahcrednU.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'82.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
82 GNITUCEXEpacgnillifrednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'92.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
92ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES>
.gninaelcecivresehtfodnE)1ETON*
retnirpeht,edompiksrorreehttadesserpsiyekRETNEehtnehW.tnuomaknietsawseifirev
gniwollofeht,cc0nahtrehtositnuomaknietsawehtnehW.deyalpsideblliwecnadiug
1AETSAWEGNAHC
ELTTOB
.knietsawehtdracsiDsielttobknietsawehtnehw'2A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.devomer
2ATES
ELTTOBYTPME
.elttobknietsawytpmenatnuoMsielttobknietsawehtnehw'3A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuom
3ATESERTNCETSAW#
ON*
.ecnadiugteserretnuoCotgnignahcretfatignimrofrepyb'4.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
".SEY"
3-27
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
2) Head wash (HEAD WASH)
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
1ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES>ecnadiuglaitinI
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'2.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2ECIVRES#
HSAWDAEH*
noitcelesretemaraP.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
3ECIVRES#
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
kcehcelttobknietsaW.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
4REVOCKNILNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiugnoitcartxekniehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
5TRACYMMUDTESREVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'6.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-5.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-5REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-5TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
6REVOCKNIRNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIehtgnivomerretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac
7TRACYMMUDTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'8.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-5.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-7REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-7TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
8TRATSTCARTXE
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.noitcartxekniehtfotratS
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'9.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
9GNITCARTXE
xxx.noitcartxeknirednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'01.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
01REVOCKNILNEPO
DIULFLCTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
11DIULFLCTES
REVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratSrenaelcLCgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'21.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulfgninaelc(.detsixetonera)cc005(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcLCnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-11DIULFLCWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcLCwenatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-11REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-11DIULFLCTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-28
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
21REVOCKNIRNEPO
DIULFLCTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratS
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
31DIULFLCTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratSgninaelc(renaelcLCgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'41.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulf.detsixetonera)cc005(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcLCnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-31.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-31DIULFLCWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcLCwenatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-31REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-31DIULFLCTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'11.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
41TRATSEGRAHC
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfecnanetniam(renaelcLCfotratS.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'51.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
51GNIGRAHCxxx
.renaelcLCgnigrahcrednU.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'51.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
61REVOCKNILNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiuggnitcartxekniehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'71.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
71TRACYMMUDTESREVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknI.egdirtracymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'81.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-71.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsiegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-71.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
1-71REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'61.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-71TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'61.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
81REVOCKNIRNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknI
.egdirtracehtgnivomerretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'91.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
91TRACYMMUDTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknI
.egdirtracymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'02.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-91REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-91.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuomsiegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-91.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
2-91TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'81.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
02TRATSTCARTXE
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
.tolsehtkcehC.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'81.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnitcartxekniehtfotratS.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'12.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
12GNITCARTXE
xxx.gnitcartxeknirednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
22REVOCKNILNEPO
DIULFLCTES.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
32DIULFLCTES
REVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratSgninaelc(renaelcLCgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'42.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulf.detsixetonera)cc052(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcLCnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-32.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-32DIULFLCWENTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcLCwenatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-32REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-32DIULFLCTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'22.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-29
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
62TRATSEGRAHC
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.ecnadiugegrahc)diulfgninaelc(renaelcLCfotratS
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'72.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
72GNIGRAHCxxx
.renaelcHWgnigrahcrednU.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'82.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
82GNIHSULF
xxx.gnihsulfknat-bus&daehrednU
.ecneuqarehtfonoitelpmocretfas'92.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
92REVOCKNILNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiuggnitcartxerenaelcLCehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'03.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
03TRACYMMUDTESREVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiuggnitcartxerenaelcLCymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'13.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-03.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-03.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-03REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'03.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-03TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'03.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
13REVOCKNIRNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER
.ecnadiuggnitcartxerenaelcLCehtgnivomerretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'23.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac
23TRACYMMUDTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxerenaelcLCymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'33.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-23.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-23.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-23REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'23.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-23TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'23.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
33TRATSTCARTXE
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.gnitcartxerenaelcLCehtfotratS
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'43.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
43GNITCARTXE
xxx.gnitcartxeknirednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'53.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
53REVOCKNILNEPO
DIULFLCTES.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknat-buSehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninpoybs'63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
63DIULFLCTES
REVOCKNILNEPO
.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknat-buSgninaelc(renaelcLCgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'73.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulf.detsixetonera)cc052(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsirenaelcLCnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
1-63DIULFDESUTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcLCwenatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-63REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-63DIULFLCTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'63.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
73REVOCKNIRNEPO
DIULFLCTES.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknat-buS
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-30
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
83DIULFLCTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknat-buSLCgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.)diulfgninaelc(renaelctonera)cc052(sniamerdetcepxenehws'1-83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detsixe.gnorwsignitnuomnehws'2-83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
sirenaelcLCnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'3-83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuom
1-83DIULFDESUTES
TOLSXXTES.renaelcLCwenatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-83REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3-83DIULFLCTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtractcerrocatnuoM.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'83.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
93TCARTXEKNATBUS?KOETSAWKCEHC*
.ecnadiuggnitcartxeknat-buSehtfotratS.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'04.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
04GNITCARTXE
xxx.gnitcartxeknat-busrednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'14.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
14ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES>.hsawdaehehtfodnE
1AETSAWEGNAHC
ELTTOB
.knietsawehtdracsiDsielttobknietsawehtnehw'2A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.devomer
2ATES
ELTTOBYTPME
.elttobknietsawytpmenatnuoMsielttobknietsawehtnehw'3A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuom
3ATESERTNCETSAW#
ON*
.ecnadiugteserretnuoCotgnignahcretfatignimrofrepyb'4.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
".SEY"
3-31
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3) Ink charge (User Mode)
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
1ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES>ecnadiuglaitinI
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'2.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2ECIVRES#
EGRAHCKNI*
noitcelesretemaraP.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
3ECIVRES#
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
kcehcelttobknietsaW.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
4TRATSEGRAHC
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
.ecnadiugnoitcartxekniehtfotratS.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
)cc052(sniamerdetcepxeehtnehws'1-4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.tsixetonera
ymmud(egdirtracgnorwnehws'1-4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsi)egdirtrac
ehtnehwediugtnemecalperknilamronehtotsegnahcyalpsideht.egdirtrac
1-4KNIWENTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtrackniwenatnuoMybecnadiugtnemecalperknilamronehtotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.revocehtgninepo
5GNIGRAHCxxx
.gnignahcknirednU.ecneuqerehtfonoitelpmocs'6.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
6ECIVRES#
NAELCECIVRES>.egnahckniehtfodnE
1AETSAWEGNAHC
ELTTOB
.knietsawehtdracsiDsielttobknietsawehtnehw'2A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.devomer
2ATES
ELTTOBYTPME
.elttobknietsawytpmenatnuoMsielttobknietsawehtnehw'3A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuom
3ATESERTNCETSAW#
ON*
.ecnadiugteserretnuoCotgnignahcretfatignimrofrepyb'4.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
".SEY"
3-32
4) Ink charge (Maintenance mode)
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
1EGRAHCKNI#
LLA>ecnadiuglaitinI
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'2.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2EGRAHCKNI#
LLA*
noitcelesretemaraP.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
3EGRAHCKNI#
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
kcehcelttobknietsaW.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
)cc052(sniamerdetcepxeehtnehws'1-3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.tsixetonera
ymmud(egdirtracgnorwnehws'1-3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.detnuomsi)egdirtrac
ehtnehwediugtnemecalperknilamronehtotsegnahcyalpsideht.egdirtrac
1-3KNIWENTESTOLSXXTES
.egdirtrackniwenatnuoMybecnadiugtnemecalperknilamronehtotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.revocehtgninepo
4TRATSEGRAHC
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.ecnadiugnoitcartxekniehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
5GNIGRAHCxxx
.gnignahcknirednU.ecneuqerehtfonoitelpmocs'6.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
6EGRAHCKNI#
LLA>.egnahckniehtfodnE
1AETSAWEGNAHC
ELTTOB
.knietsawehtdracsiDsielttobknietsawehtnehw'2A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.devomer
2ATES
ELTTOBYTPME
.elttobknietsawytpmenatnuoMsielttobknietsawehtnehw'3A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.detnuom
3ATESERTNCETSAW#
ON*
.ecnadiugteserretnuoCotgnignahcretfatignimrofrepyb'4.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
".SEY"
3-33
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
5) Ink extracting (Maintenance mode)
.oN yalpsiD skrameR
1TCARTXEKNI#
LLA>ecnadiuglaitinI
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'2.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2TCARTXEKNI#
LLA*
noitcelesretemaraP.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'3.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
3TCARTXEKNI#
?KOETSAWKCEHC*
kcehcelttobknietsaW.yekRETNEgnisserpybs'4.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT.yekLECNACgnisserpybs'1.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
4REVOCKNILNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiugnoitcartxekniehtfotratS
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
5TRACYMMUDTESREVOCKNILESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevoctfelehtgnisolcybs'6.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-5.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-5REVOCKNILNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-5TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revoctfelehtgninepoybs'5.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
6REVOCKNIRNEPO
EGDIRTRACEVOMER.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknI
.egdirtracehtgnivomerretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
7TRACYMMUDTES
REVOCKNIRESOLC
.ecnadiugnoitcartxeknIymmudehtgnitnuomretfarevocthgirehtgnisolcybs'8.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
.egdirtrac.detnuomtonsiegdirtracymmudehtnehws'1-7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
siegdirtracymmudehtnahtegdirtracrehtonehws'2-5.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT.detnuom
1-7REVOCKNIRNEPO
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2-7TRACYMMUDTES
TOLSXXTES.tolsehtkcehC
.revocthgirehtgninepoybs'7.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
8TRATSTCARTXE
?KOETSAWKCEHC*.noitcartxekniehtfotratS
.yekRETNEehtgnisserpybs'9.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
9GNITCARTXE
xxx.noitcartxeknirednU
.ecneuqesehtfonoitelpmocretfas'01.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
01DNETCARTXEKNI
FFOREWOP.yalpsidecnadiugfforewoP
1AETSAWEGNAHC
ELTTOB.knietsawehtdracsiD
.devomersielttobknietsawehtnehw'2A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
2ATES
ELTTOBYTPME.elttobknietsawytpmenatnuoM
.detnuomsielttobknietsawehtnehw'3A.oNotsegnahcyalpsidehT
3ATESERTNCETSAW#
ON*.ecnadiugteserretnuoC
".SEY"otgnignahcretfatignimrofrepyb'4.oNotsnruteryalpsidehT
3-34
3.4.4 RESET Menu
Resets the printer.
When the key is pressed, the reset function is executed.
An initialization message is displayed on the LCD.
3.4.5 TEST-PRN. Menu
Prints test patterns.
Press the key to set parameters.
(1) Pattern 0 (PATTERN 0)Prints a test pattern 0 (vertical lines).
<Sub-menus>- # EXECUTE : Prints a test pattern.
- # DIRECTION : Selects either one-way or two-way printing.
- # Bk, C, M, Y, Lc, Lm : Sets whether to print each of the colors.- # MODE : Selects a print mode.
- # LENGTH : Specifys a line length.- # COUNT : Specifys a number of prints.
<Parameter>
- EXECUTE (Execution) : None
- DIR (Choice input) [Initial value: BI]
- UNI : Uni-directional printing- BI : Bi-directional printing
- Bk, C, M, Y, Lc, Lm (Choice entry)
[Initial value: Bk: ON, C, M, Y, Lc, Lm OFF]- ON : Prints the specified color.- OFF : Do not print the specified color.
- MODE (Choice input) [Initial value: 070410]
- 070410: 720 dpi, 4-pass, speed-1, None-option
- 070810: 720 dpi, 8-pass, speed-1, None-option
- 070811: 720 dpi, 8-pass, speed-1, None-option (high density)
- 030210: 720 dpi, 2-pass, speed-1, None-option
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
INITIALIZINGWAIT A MOMENT
TEST-PRN FEEDSYSTEM TEST
# TEST PATTERN0# EXECUTE * OK?
3-35
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
- LENGTH (Value input) [Initial value: 400 mm (A3)]
1 to 99999 mm (Print length (mm) specification, Decimal 5-digit input)
- COUNT (Value input) [Initial value: 1]
1 to 99 (Print number specification)
(2) Pattern 1 (TEST PATTERN 1)
Prints a test pattern 1 (horizontal lines).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(3) Pattern 2 (TEST PATTERN 2)
Prints a test pattern 2 (checker).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(4) Pattern 3 (TEST PATTERN 3)
Prints a test pattern 3 (1-dot grid).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(5) Pattern 4 (TEST PATTERN 4)
Prints a test pattern 4 (2-dot grid).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(6) Pattern 5 (TEST PATTERN 5)
Prints a test pattern 4 (solid pattern).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
# TEST PATTERN1# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN2# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN3# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN4# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN5# EXECUTE * OK?
3-36
(7) Pattern 6 (TEST PATTERN 6)
Prints a test pattern 6 (1-dot checker).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(8) Pattern 7 (TEST PATTERN 7)
Prints a test pattern 7 (2-dot checker).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(9) Pattern 8 (TEST PATTERN 8)
Prints a test pattern 8 (4-dot checker).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(10) Pattern 9 (TEST PATTERN 9)
Print a test pattern 9 (gradationed pattern).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
- # EXECUTE (Execution): None parameter
- # DIR (Choice input) [Initial value: BI]
- BI : Bi-directional printing
- UNI : Uni-directional printing
- # Bk, C, M, Y, Lc, Lm (Choice entry)
[Initial value: Bk ON, C, M, Y, Lc, Lm OFF]
- ON : Prints the specified color.
- OFF : Do not print the specified color.
Printing only in one color is possible. When two or more colors are turned ON, a
setup becomes effective by the prirority of Lm (priority : high), Lc, Y, M, C, and Bk
(priority : low).
- # MODE (Choice input) [Initial value: 070410]
- 070410: 720 dpi, 4-pass, speed-1, None-option
- 070810: 720 dpi, 8-pass, speed-1, None-option
- 070811: 720 dpi, 8-pass, speed-1, None-option (high density)
- 030210: 720 dpi, 2-pass, speed-1, None-option
# TEST PATTERN6# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN7# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN8# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN9# EXECUTE * OK?
3-37
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
- # LENGTH (Value input)
Irrespective of an input value, the printer prints by 7600 lines.
- # COUNT (Value input) [Initial value: 1]
Irrespective of an input value, the printer prints by one sheet.
(11) Pattern 10 (TEST PATTERN 10)
Prints a test pattern 10 (dot grid and diagonal line).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
(12) Pattern 11 (TEST PATTERN11)
Prints a test pattern 11 (for paper feed accuracy measurement).
<Sub-menus and parameter>
- # EXECUTE (Execution) : None parameter
- # DIR (Choice entry) [Initial value : TWO WAY]
- # Bk, C, M, Y, Lc, Lm (Choice entry)
Print a test pattern in Bk color regardless of choice.
- # MODE (Choice entry)
Print a test pattern in 070410 regardless of choice.
- # LENGTH (Value input)
Print a test pattern in 100 mm top margin +359 mm pattern regardless of input value.
- # COUNT (Value input) [Initial value : 1]
1 to 99 (Number of copies specification)
(13) Pattern 12 (4 DOT GRID)
Prints a test pattern 12 (4-dot grid).
<Sub-menus and parameters>
Same as pattern 0.
# TEST PATTERN10# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN12# EXECUTE * OK?
# TEST PATTERN11# EXECUTE * OK?
3-38
3.4.6 SYSTEM Menu
Sets or displays system parameters.
Press the key to set system parameters.
(1) LCD language display (LANGUAGE)
Sets LCD message display language (Japanese or English).
<Parameter (Choice entry)>
- JAPANESE : Japanese
- ENGLISH : English
(2) Date setting (SYSTEM DATE)
Sets date (year/month/day).
<Parameter (Value input)>
xx/yy/zz xx: year (lower two digits), yy: month, zz: day
(3) Time setting (SYSTEM TIME)
Sets time (hour/min/second).
<Parameter (Value input)>
xx: yy xx: hour yy: minite
(4) Machine serial number setting (SERIAL NO.)
Sets a machine serial number.
<Parameter (Value input)>
xxxxxxxx: 8 digits (0 to 9, A to Z: alphabets and figures)
(5) NVRAM initialization (NVRAM INIT)
Initializes the NVRAM.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
TEST-PRN FEEDSYSTEM
# LANGUAGE> ENGLISH
# SYSTEM DATE> 00/01/01
# SYSTEM TIME> 00:00
SERIAL No.> 00000000
# NVRAN INIT>
3-39
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(6) Factory setting value save (SAVE SETTING)
Saves NVRAM contents in the factory setting area in the flash memory.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(7) Factory setting value restore (RESTORE SETTING)
Restores the contents in the factory setting area in the flash memory to the NVRAM.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(8) NVRAM save (SAVE NVRAM)
Saves NVRAM contents in the NVRAM backup area in the flash memory.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(9) NVRAM restore (RESTORE NVRAM)
Restores the contents of the backup area in the flash memory to the NVRAM.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(10) BOOT Version display (BOOT VERSION)
Displays the BOOT ROM Version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(11) Engine F/W version display (F/W VERSION)
Displays the Engine F/W version.
X: System version
Y: Control code
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
# SAVE SETTING>
# RESTORE SETTING>
# SAVE NVRAM>
# RESTORE NVRAM>
# BOOT VERSION* X. XX
# F/W VERSION* X. XX_YY
3-40
(12) IPB board version display (IPB VERSION)
Displays the IPB board version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(13) SCSI board version display (WIM VERSION)
Displays the WIM board version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(14) ICB board version display (ICB VERSION)
Displays the ICB board version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(15) ASIC version display (ASIC VERSION)
Displays the ASIC version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(16) Heater hardware version display (HEAT HW VERSION)
Displays the heater hardware version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
Note: When the heater cannot be recognized, " _ _ . _ " will be displayed.
# IPB VERSION* X. X
# WIM VERSION* X. X
# ICB VERSION* X. XX
# ASIC VERSION* X. XX
# HEAT HW VERSION* XX. X
3-41
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(17) Heater firmware version display (HEAT FW VERSION)
Displays the heater hardware version.
X: Version number
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
Note: When the heater cannot be recognized, " _ _ . _ " will be displayed.
3.4.7 FEED Menu
Feeds paper manually.
While the key is held down, paper is fed.
A feeding message appears on the LCD.
When the key is released, the paper stops and the top menu reappears.
# HEAT FW VERSION* XX. X
TEST-PRN FEEDSYSTEM
3-42
3.4.8 MONITOR Menu
Displays the states of sensors and thermistors in real time.
When the key is pressed, the monitor menu can be selected.
(1) Engine sensor (ENGINE SENSOR)
Displays the states of sensors in real time. If the state of a sensor changes, a buzzer sounds.
<Sub-menus>
- # EDGE : Displays the state of the edge sensor.
(0 : No paper, 1 : paper exists)
- # FEED : Displays the state of the paper sensor.
(0 : No paper, 1 : paper exists)
- # EXIT : Displays the state of the paper delivery sensor.
(0 : No paper, 1 : paper exists)
- # HOME POSITION : Displays the state of the home position sensor.
(0 : Home position is not detected, 1 : Home position is detected)
- # WIPE : Displays the state of the wipe sensor.
- # LEVER : Displays the state of the lever sensor. (0 : close, 1 : open)
- # INTERLOCK-L : Displays the state of the interlock L. (0 : close, 1 : open)
- # INTERLOCK-R : Displays the state of the interlock R. (0 : close, 1 : open)
- # MEDIA END : Displays the state of the media end ensor.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None [Common to all menus]
# ENGINE SENSOR# EDGE * 0
MONITOR SETUPDIAG ACTUATOR
3-43
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(2) Ink sensor (INK SENSOR)
Displays the states of ink sensors in real time. When the state of a sensor changes, a buzzer
sounds.
<Sub-menus>- # INK 1 ON : Displays the state of ink (Bk) installation sensor 1.
(0 : not mounted, 1 : mounted)
- # INK 2 ON : Displays the state of ink (Lc) installation sensor 2. (0 : not mounted, 1 : mounted)
- # INK 3 ON : Displays the state of ink (Lm) installation sensor 3.
(0 : not mounted, 1 : mounted)- # INK 4 ON : Displays the state of ink (C) installation sensor 4.
(0 : not mounted, 1 : mounted)
- # INK 5 ON : Displays the state of ink (M) installation sensor 5. (0 : not mounted, 1 : mounted)
- # INK 6 ON : Displays the state of ink (Y) installation sensor 6.
(0 : not mounted, 1 : mounted)- # INK COVER L : Displays the state of left ink cover sensor. (0 : close, 1 : open)- # INK COVER R : Displays the state of right ink cover sensor. (0 : close, 1 : open)
<Parameter (Execution)>None [Common to all menus]
(3) Sub tank sensor (SUB TANK SENSOR)Displays the states of sub tank sensors in real time. When the state of a sensor changes, abuzzer sounds.
<Sub-menus>- # FULL 1 : Displays the state of sub tank full sensor 1.- # FULL 2 : Displays the state of sub tank full sensor 2.
- # FULL 3 : Displays the state of sub tank full sensor 3.- # FULL 4 : Displays the state of sub tank full sensor 4.- # FULL 5 : Displays the state of sub tank full sensor 5.
- # FULL 6 : Displays the state of sub tank full sensor 6.- # HALF 1 : Displays the state of sub tank half sensor 1.- # HALF 2 : Displays the state of sub tank half sensor 2.
- # HALF 3 : Displays the state of sub tank half sensor 3.- # HALF 4 : Displays the state of sub tank half sensor 4.- # HALF 5 : Displays the state of sub tank half sensor 5.
- # HALF 6 : Displays the state of sub tank half sensor 6.- # INK SUPPLY 1 : Displays the state of ink supply sensor 1.- # INK SUPPLY 2 : Displays the state of ink supply sensor 2.
- # INK SUPPLY 3 : Displays the state of ink supply sensor 3.- # INK SUPPLY 4 : Displays the state of ink supply sensor 4.- # INK SUPPLY 5 : Displays the state of ink supply sensor 5.
- # INK SUPPLY 6 : Displays the state of ink supply sensor 6.<Parameter (Execution)>
None [Common to all]
# INK SENSOR# INK1 ON
# SUB TANK SENSOR# FULL1 * 0
3-44
(4) Waste ink bottle (WASTE BOTTLE)
Displays the states of waste ink bottle sensors in real time. When the state of a sensor
changes, a buzzer sounds.
<Sub-menus>
- # INSTALL : Displays the state of the waste ink bottle installation sensor.
(0 : mounted, 1 : Not mounted)
<Parameter (Execution)>
None [Common to all menus]
(5) Winder (WINDER/UNIT)
Displays the states of winder sensors in real time. When the state of a sensor changes, a
buzzer sounds.
<Sub-menus>
- # SLACK : Displays the state of the slack sensor (0: slack exists, 1: No slack)
- # SWITCH1 : Displays the state of switch1.
- # SWITCH2 : Displays the state of switch2.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None [Common to all menus]
NOTE: SWITCH 1 AND SWITCH 2 state show the winder setting switch
state set to external winding, internal winding, or stop. (Not two
sensors)
# WASTE BOTTLE# INSTALL * 0
# WINDER UNIT# SLACK * 0
3-45
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
# THERMISTOR# ENV * 25-0
(6) Thermistors (THERMISTOR)
Display the states of thermistors in real time.
<Sub-menus>
- # ENV. : Environmental temperature
- # HEAD1 : Displays the state of the head 1 (Bk) temperature.
- # HEAD2 : Displays the state of the head 2 (Lm) temperature.
- # HEAD3 : Displays the state of the head 3 (Lc) temperature.
- # HEAD4 : Displays the state of the head 4 (Y) temperature.
- # HEAD5 : Displays the state of the head 5 (M) temperature.
- # HEAD6 : Displays the state of the head 6 (C) temperaature.
- # CRG1 : Displays the state of the carridge board position1 temperature.
- # CRG2 : Displays the state of the carridge board position2 temperature.
- # CRG3 : Displays the state of the carridge board position3 temperature.
- # CRG4 : Displays the state of the carridge board position4 temperature.
- # CRG5 : Displays the state of the carridge board position5 temperature.
- # CRG6 : Displays the state of the carridge board position6 temperature.
- # CRG7 : Displays the state of the carridge board position7 temperature.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None [Common to all menus]
NOTE: CRG 1: TH 2, CRG 2: TH 6, CRG 3: TH 3, CRG 4: TH 7,
CRG 5: TH 4, CRG 6: TH 8, CRG 7: TH 5
TH 1 to TH 8 show locations on the ICB 1 board.
3-46
3.4.9 DIAG Menu
Makes a diagnosis of the engine and SCSI boards.
When the key is pressed, the Diagnosis Menu can be selected.
After making a diagnosis on the Diagnosis Menu, execute the reset function.
(1) Flash ROM (FLASH ROM)
Makes a diagnosis of the flash ROM and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(2) PIO (PIO)
Makes a diagnosis of the flash ROM and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(3) NVRAM (NVRAM)
Makes a diagnosis of the NVRAM and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(4) Carriage I/F (CARRIAGE I/F)
Makes a diagnosis of the carriage interface and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(5) Ink EEPROM (INK EEPROM)
Makes a diagnosis of the ink EEPROM and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
# FLASH ROM>
MONITOR SETUPDIAG ACTUATOR
# PIO>
# NVRAM>
# CARRIAGE I/F>
# INK EEPROM>
3-47
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
(6) SCSI data (SCSI DATA)
Makes a diagnosis of the SCSI board and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(7) ATG (ATG)
Makes a diagnosis of the ATG and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(8) DRAM (DRAM)
Makes a diagnosis of the band memory and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(9) RSM (RSM)
Makes a diagnosis of the RSM and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(10) PTC (PTC)
Makes a diagnosis of the PTC and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(11) PDD (PDD)
Makes a diagnosis of the PDD and display its results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
# SCSI DATA>
# ATG>
# DRAM>
# RSM>
# PTC>
# PDD>
3-48
(12) All (ALL)
Makes the above diagnosis 1 to 11 continuously and display their results.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(13) VDD (VDD)
Sets 24 V, 17 V, or 6 V for VDD. Measure voltage by a tester.
<Sub-menu>
- 24 V : Sets 24 V.
- 17V : Sets 17V.
- 6V : Sets 6V.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
(14) Operation panel (PANEL)
Operates the LCD, LEDs, buzzer, and keys on the operation panel. The results are judged
audibly.
<Sub-menu>
- 28 V : Sets 28 V for VDD.
- 17V : Sets 17V for VDD.
- 6V : Sets 6V for VDD.
<Parameter (Choice entry & Execution)>
None
# ALL>
# VDD2> MAX
# PANEL> KEY
3-49
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
MONITOR SETUPDIAG ACTUATOR
# POWER SAVE> ON
3.4.10 SETUP Menu
Sets on/off of the power same mode.
Press the key to set parameters.
(1) Power save (POWER SAVE)
Sets whether to save power.
<Parameters (choice input)>
- ON : Saves power.
- OFF : Do not save power.
(2) SCSI driver (SCSI DRIVER)
Sets whether the SCSI driver works for IP-4500 or IP-6600.
<Parameters (choice input)>
- NORMAL : Works for IP-6600 driver.
- COMPATIBLE : Works for IP-4500 driver.
# SCSI DRIVER> NORMAL
3-50
3.4.11 ACTUATOR Menu
Operates each actuator individually.
When the key is pressed, parameters can be set.
(1) Carriage movement (MOVE CARRIAGE)
Move the carriage. (The acceleration and speed are fixed.)
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- HOME : Detects home position and move the carriage to the home position.
- CAP : Moves the carriage to the capping position.
- CENTER : Moves the carriage to the center.
- WIPE : Moves the carriage to the wiping position.
(2) Paper feed motor (PF MOTOR)
Drives the paper feed motor. (The acceleration and speed are fixed.)
<Parameters (Choice input)>
- OFF : Stops the motor.
- FORWARD : Runs the motor in the paper feeding direction.
- REWIND : Runs the motor in the rewinding direction.
(3) Pump motor (PUMP MOTOR)
Controls the pump motor.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor.
- NORMAL : Runs the motor in the normal direction.
- REVERSE : Runs the motor in the reverse direction.
(4) Wipe motor (WIPE MOTOR)
Controls the wipe motor.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor.
- NORMAL : Runs the motor in the normal direction.
- REVERSE : Runs the motor in the reverse direction.
MONITOR SETUPDIAG ACTUATOR
# MOVE CARRIAGE> HOME
# PF MOTOR> OFF
# PUMP MOTOR> STOP
# WIPE MOTOR> STOP
3-51
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
# FAN MOTOR2> OFF
# FAN MOTOR3> OFF
(5) Pump solenoid 1 (PUMP SOLENOID 1) (Wipe side)
Controls pump solenoid 1.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Shuts off the external air.
- ON : Releases the external air.
(6) Pump solenoid 2 (PUMP SOLENOID 2) (Cap side)
Controls pump solenoid 2.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Shuts off the external air.
- ON : Releases the external air.
(7) Fan motor 1 (FAN MOTOR1) (Wipe side)
Controls fan motor 1.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Turns fan motor 1 OFF.
- ON : Turns fan motor 1 ON.
(8) Fan motor 2 (FAN MOTOR2) (Senter)
Control fan motor 2.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Turn fan motor 2 OFF.
- ON : Turn fan motor 2 ON.
(9) Fan motor 3 (FAN MOTOR3) (Cap side)
Control fan motor 3.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Turns fan motor 3 OFF.
- ON : Turns fan motor 3 ON.
# PUMP SOLENOID1> OFF
# PUMP SOLENOID2> OFF
# FAN MOTOR1> OFF
3-52
(10) Unit Cooling FAN (COOL FAN)
Control the unit cooling fan.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Turns the unit cooling fan OFF.
- ON : Turns the unit cooling fan ON.
(11) Head Cooling FAN (HEAD COOL FAN)
Control the head cooling fan.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Turns the head cooling fan OFF.
- ON : Turns the head cooling fan ON.
(12) Winding motor (WIND MOTOR)
Drive the winding motor.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- OFF : Stops the motor.
- ON : Drives the motor.
(13) Ink supply motor 1 (ISM 1) (Bk)
Drives ink supply motor 1.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor in normal directuion.
- NORMAL : Drives the motor.
- REVERSE: Drives the motor in reverse direction.
(14) Ink supply motor 2 (ISM 2) (Lm)
Drives ink supply motor 2.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor in normal directuion.
- NORMAL : Drives the motor.
- REVERSE: Drives the motor in reverse direction.
# COOL FAN> OFF
# HEAD COOL FAN> OFF
# WIND MOTOR> OFF
# ISM1> STOP
# ISM2> STOP
3-53
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
# ISM6> STOP
# ISM3> STOP
# ISM4> STOP
# ISM5> STOP
(15) Ink supply motor 3 (ISM 3) (Lc)
Drives ink supply motor 3.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor in normal directuion.
- NORMAL : Drives the motor.
- REVERSE: Drives the motor in reverse direction.
(16) Ink supply motor 4 (ISM 4) (Y)
Drives ink supply motor 4.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor in normal directuion.
- NORMAL : Drivea the motor.
- REVERSE: Drivea the motor in reverse direction.
(17) Ink supply motor 5 (ISM 5) (M)
Drives ink supply motor 5.
<Parameters (Choice entry)>
- STOP : Stops the motor in normal directuion.
- NORMAL : Drives the motor.
- REVERSE: Drives the motor in reverse direction.
(18) Ink supply motor 6 (ISM 6) (C)
Drives ink supply motor 6.
<Parameters (Enter a Choice)>
- STOP : Stops the motor in normal directuion.
- NORMAL : Drives the motor.
- REVERSE: Drives the motor in reverse direction.
3-54
3.4.12 FUNCTION Menu
Executes the functions provided for the printer.
When the key is pressed, the parameters can be set.
(1) System information print (SYSTEM PRINT)
Prints information about the system, setting, mechanical parameters, and ink.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
For more information on system information print, see Section 3.4.12.1.
(2) Error log print (ERROR LOG PRINT)
Print error log information stored in the printer.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
For more information on error log information printing, see Section 3.4.12.2.
(3) History print (HISTORY PRINT)
Prints ink system cleaning condition stored to the printer.
<Parameter (Execution)>
None
For more information on history print, see Section 3.4.12.3.
# SYSTEM PRINT* OK?
FUNCCOUNTER
# ERROR LOG PRINT* OK?
# HISTORY PRINT>
3-55
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.4.12.1 System information print
The system information print prints system information such a version, ink cartridgeinformation such ink remaining amount, media information, media feed adjustment values,mechanical parameters, registered media information, and etc.
<Print format>***** SYSTEM PRINT ********** SYSTEM *****LANGUAGE: ( ENGLISH ) BOOT VERSION 1.10 F/W VERSION 1.03_00 IPB VERSION 1.0WIM V VERSION 0.3 ICB VERSION 3.10 ASIC VERSION 2.01 HEAT HW VERSION 0.0HEAT FW VERSION 1.8 SCSI ID 4 SYSTEM DATE 04/02/19 SYSTEM TIME 09: 45SERIAL No. 00000000 Feed Length: (45 m)
***** ink *****SLOT COLOR RESET DATE1 Bk 79% 03/12/012 Lm 17% 04/01/10.....***** PAPER *****ROLL: PAPER SIZE: (64")***** FEED ADF *****FEED ADJUST: ( 99.80%) BASE: ( 99.80%)BACK ADJUSTMENT: (0PULSE)***** PARAMETER *****MACHINE COUNT (181 m) PAPER COUNT A3 (0m) PAPER COUNT A2 (0m) PAPER COUNT A1 (15m)PAPER COUNT A0 (32m) PAPER COUNT 36" (45m) a-10 (708 pulse) a-21 (566 pulse).....***** ENTRY *****No. : (1)NAME: (PAPER) FEED ADJUST: ( 99.80%) SCAN WAIT TIME: (0sec) PRINT MODE: (NORMAL)
...
3.4.12.2 Error log print
An engine error log is created when Fatal/Correctable1/Correctable2 error or warning
occurs or is released and when the printer is shut down. A total of 9000 bytes of error log
information is generated (300 logs , 30 bytes per log).
Error logs can be printed by selecting the ERROR LOG menu of the FUNCTION menu.
<Print format>
***** Error Log *****
No Data Time Err Fatal Cor1 Cor2 Warn Status Distance Pa C/R
0 2004/02/19 08:53 1 00000000 00000020 00000000 0000 00006102 123456 64 0000
1 2004/02/19 08:48 1 00000000 00000022 00000000 0000 00000006 123456 64 0000
2 2004/02/19 08:48 1 00000000 00000002 00000000 0000 00006102 123456 64 0000
3 .....
4 .....
.
.
.
299
3-56
<Print contents>1. No: Error log number
300 logs are printed from the latest one.
2. Date: Error logged date
Print an error logged date.
3. Time: Error logged time
Print an error logged time in 24 hour system. (hour: minute)
4. Err: Error type (Print in symbols)
1 --- Correctable 1 error
2 --- Correctable 2 error
F --- Fatal error
5. Fatal: Fatal error type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates a fatal error type.
.soptiB emangalF noitpircseD
32-13 "0"otderiF
22 egarotsmretgnoL rorrE:1lamroN:0
12 nafgnilooC rorrE:1lamroN:0
02 pagnoitisoppaC rorrE:1lamroN:0
91 evreseR
81 noitcennocCFF rorrE:1lamroN:0
71 ylppusknat-buS rorrE:1lamroN:0
61 rosnesylppusknI rorrE:1lamroN:0
51 rosnesknat-buS rorrE:1lamroN:0
41 tivitisnesrosnesegdE rorrE:1lamroN:0
31 MARVN rorrE:1lamroN:0
21 2DDV rorrE:1lamroN:0
11 ovreS rorrE:1lamroN:0
01 gnippaC rorrE:1lamroN:0
9 rosneserutarepmeT rorrE:1lamroN:0
8 erutarepmetCI rorrE:1lamroN:0
7 erutarepmetdaeH rorrE:1lamroN:0
6 repiW rorrE:1lamroN:0
5 noitcetednoitisopemoH rorrE:1lamroN:0
4 hsalF rorrE:1lamroN:0
3 evreseR "0"otderiF
2 naF rorrE:1lamroN:0
1 AMD_AG rorrE:1lamroN:0
0 citsongaiD rorrE:1lamroN:0
3-57
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
6. Cor1: Correctable 1 error type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates a correctable 1 error type.
soptiB emangalF noitpircseD
9-51 - dexiF:0
8 1majaideM )noitcetedovres(majaideM:1lamroN:0
7 rorrenoitacinummocISCS 1rorrenoitacinummoC:1lamroN:0
6 ezisaideM rorreezisaideM:1lamroN:0
5 wekS rorrewekS:1lamroN:0
4 - dexiF:0
3 aidemfotuO aidemfotuO:1lamroN:0
2 2majaideM majrepaP:1lamroN:0
1 reveL nepO=1,esolC=0
0 kcolretnI nepO=1,esolC=0
7. Cor2: Correctable 2 error type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates a correctable 2 error type.
8. Warn: Warning type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates a warning type.
soptiB emangalF noitpircseD
9-51 - dexiF:0
8 noitallatsnielttobetsaW dellatsnitoN:1lamroN:0
7 elttobetsaW lluF:1lamroN:0
6 erutarepmetlatnemnorivnE rorrE:1lamroN:0
5 erutarepmetdaeH egnargnitarepoedistuO:1egnargnitareponI:0
4 noitallatsniegdirtraC dellatsnitonegdirtraC:1lamroN:0
3 DIegdirtraC rorreDIegdirtraC:1lamroN:0
2 tnuomagniniamerknI knioN:1knI:0
1 2revocknI nepO=1,esolC=0
0 1revocknI nepO=1,esolC=0
soptiB emangalF noitpircseD
3-51 - dexiF:0
2 tinugnidniW rorrE:1lamroN:0
1 2revocknI dexiF:0
0 ytpmEraeN tuogninnurknI:1knI:0
3-58
9. Status: Engine status type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates an engine status type.
soptiB emangalF noitpircseD
13 fforewoP nwodtuhS:1
62-03 evreseR dexiF:0
52 rorreknI rorrE=1,rorreoN=0
42 egdirtracehtfoecnetsixE gdirtracoN=1,ecnetsixE=0
32 evreseR dexiF:0
22 gnitaeh-erprednU gnitaeh-erprednU=1
12 gnitadpuerawmrifrednU gnitadpurednU=1
02 gniylppusknirednU gniylppusknirednU=1
91 dneegdirtraC egdirtracehtnikniytpnE=1
81 RrevocknI nepO=1,esolC=0
71 LrevocknI nepO=1,esolC=0
61 tingnidniW gnitarepO:1potS:0
51 noitpecerataD deviecergniebsiataD:1
41 rosnesteltuO nO:1ffO:0
31 rosnesylppusaideM nO:1ffO:0
21 lliFknI .dellifgniebsiknI:1
11 nwoDtuhS .detseuqergniebsinwodtuhS:1
01 yrD gniyrD:1
9 lenaP.lenapehtslortnocenigneehT:0
.lenapehtslortnocrellortnocehT:1
8 revoceR gnirevoceR:1
7 gnidaoLrepaP gnidaolrepaP:1
6 naelC gninaelC:1
5 tnirP gnitnirP:1
4 evaSrewoP edomevasrewoP:1
3 esuaP gnisuaP:1
2 ysuB ysuB:1
1 rorrE rorrE:1rorreoN:0
0 gninraW gninraW:1gninrawoN:0
3-59
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
10. Distance: Running distance (Print in decimal digits)
Engine running distance (unit: mm)
11. Pa: Paper type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates a type of paper.
64h: Registered media 1 (PAPER)
65h: Registered media 2 (Glossy)
66h: Registered media 3 (Matte)
67h: Registered media 4 (Banner)
68h: Registered media 5 (BLT_B)
69h: Registered media 6
...
77h: Registered media 20
12. C/R: Roll paper/cut sheet type (Print in hexadecimal digits)
Indicates roll paper or cut sheet.
00h: Roll paper
01h: Cut sheet
3.4.12.3 Cleaning history print
The cleaning history print prints daily maintenance history information that the customer
performed.
Up to 100 logs that in clude data and performance contents information can be obtained.
The cleaning history print can be printed by performing HISTORY PRINT in FINC menu.
<Print format>
***** User Maintenance log *****
0 2004/02/18 13:05 (UM_HEADWASH) 1 2001/02/17 10:37 (UM_NORMAL CLM) 2 2004/02/17 10:34 (UM_SLIGHTCLM)
3 2004/02/17 10:25 (UM_FILLCAP) 4.........
999 2004/01/01 13:35 (UM_CAPCLEAN)
Contents list
UM_SERVICE Service cleaning
UM_HEADWASH Head wash
UM_INKCHARGE Ink initial charge
UM_CAPCLEAN Cap cleaning
UM_WIPECLEAN Wiper cleaning
UM_FILLCAP Fill cap
UM_ADJHEIGHT Head height adjustment
UM_NORMALCLN Normal cleaning
UM_SLIGHTCLN Slight cleaning
UM_STRONGCLN Strong cleaning
UM_INVALID No history (unsettled)
3-60
3.4.13 COUNTER Menu
Display and set the paper movement length and paper use length counter (counter 1) saved
in the engine.
When the When the key key is pressed, parameters can be adjusted.
(1) Paper use length (A3) (PAPER COUNT A3)
Displays and sets the paper use length (A3 size) of counter 1.
<Parameter (Value input)>
Decimal 7 digits (Unit: m)
(2) Paper use length (A2) (PAPER COUNT A2)
Displays and sets the paper use length (A2 size) of counter 1.
<Parameter (Value input)>
Decimal 7 digits (Unit: m)
(3) Paper use length (A1) (PAPER COUNT A1)
Displays and sets the paper use length (A1 to A0 size) of counter 1.
<Parameter (Value input)>
Decimal 7 digits (Unit: m)
(4) Paper use length (A0) (PAPER COUNT A0)
Displays and sets the paper use length (A0 size to 36" size) of counter 1.
<Parameter (Value input)>
Decimal 7 digits (Unit: m)
(5) Paper use length (36") (PAPER COUNT 36")
Displays and sets the paper use length (larger than 36" size) of counter 1.
<Parameter (Value input)>
Decimal 7 digits (m)
# PAPER COUNTA3> 000000m
FUNCCOUNTER
# PAPER COUNTA2> 000000m
# PAPER COUNTA1> 000000m
# PAPER COUNTA0> 000000m
# PAPER COUNT36"> 000000m
3-61
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.5 System Information Management
The system information managed by the engine includes mechanical correction parameters,
running distance counter, and ink cartridge data, which are stored in the NVRAM. The
system information is stored in the SRAM or flash memory as required for operation or
backup.
- SRAM area: Stores current values of system information.
- NVRAM area: Stores power-on default values of system information.
- Flash memory area: Stores following information:
• NVRAM structure information and initial values
• Factory-set NVRAM information
• NVRAM backup information
<SRAM> <NVRAM> <Flash memory>
NVRAM structure
information and initial
values
(7)
(6)
(5)
(4)
NVRAM
current valueDefault value
NVRAM backup
information
(2 KB)
NVRAM factory
settings (2 KB)
Program and data
(3)
(2)
(1)
3-62
Pass 1: NVRAM initialization (Flash -> NVRAM)
<Processing>
(1) Initializes the NVRAM with the program default values. The engine correction values
are returned to the values before adjustment.
<Operation procedure or start timing>
It can be performed from the operation panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu:
(1) - SYSTEM menu: NVRAM INIT
Pass 2: Save factory settings to flash memory. (NVRAM -> Flash)
<Processing>
(1) Write all NVRAM data into the factory setting area of the flash memory.
<Operation procedure or start timing>
It can be performed from the operation panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu:
(1) - SYSTEM menu: SAVE SETTING
Pass 3: Return the NVRAM to factory settings. (Flash -> NVRAM)
<Processing>
(1) Write some NVRAM factory settings (Section NVRAM4*1) stored in the flash
memory into the NVRAM.
*1: Section NVRAM4: Mechanical, head adjustment values, paper feed correction
value for each paper, drying time, etc.
<Operation procedure or start timing>
It can be performed from the operation panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu:
(1) - SYSTEM menu: RESTORE SETTING
<Error>
RESTORE Err: The factory settings are not stored in the flash memory or the version of
the stored factory settings differs.
Pass 4: Save NVRAM in the flash memory for backup. (NVRAM -> Flash)
<Processing>
(1) Write all NVRAM default values into the NVRAM backup area of the flash memory.
<Operation procedure or start timing>
(1) It is performed when the power is shut down or when the printer is reset.
(2) It can be executed from the operation panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu:
- SYSTEM menu: SAVE NVRAM
3-63
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
Pass 5: Restore the NVRAM with NVRAM backup information in the flash memory.
(Flash -> NVRAM)
<Processing>
(1) Write all NVRAM backup information saved in the flash memory into the NVRAM.
<Operation procedure or start timing>
(1) It can be executed from the operation panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu:
- SAVE: RESTORE NVRAM
Pass 6: SRAM -> NVRAM
<Processing>
(1) Store prameters which can be stored to the NVRAM individually.
<Operation procedure or starting timing>
(1) It can be performed when parameters are changed from the operation panel by
pressing the key.
Pass 7: NVRAM -> SRAM
<Processing>
(1) Store system information in the NVRAM as the current values in the SRAM
<Operation procedure or starting timing>
(1) It can be performed as required by engine firmware.
Pass 8: Save factory setting of the network controller to the flash memory
(Network controller -> Flash)
<Processing>
(1) Write factoty settings for the print engine of the network controller into the factory
setting area of the flash memory.
<Operation procedure or starting timing>
(1) It can be performed from the operaiotn panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu (only when using the network controller) :
• FUNC menu for the network controller : PUT CONFIG
Pass 9: Send factory settings in the flash memory to the network controller
(Flash -> Network controller)
<Processing>
(1) Send factory settings in the flash memory to the network controller and store them into
the NVRAM in the network controller.
<Operation procedure or starting timing>
(1) It can be performed from the operaiotn panel (maintenance mode) using the following
menu (only when using the network controller) :
• FUNC menu for the network controller : GET CONFIG
3-64
3.7 Heater Panel Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.6.1 Entering maintenance mode
Press the following six switches on the heater panel in this order.
Front --> Front --> Rear --> Rear --> Platen --> Platen
3.6.2 Basic menu operation
(1) Transfering between items
Use the front and front keys.
(2) Selecting an item
Press the front ON/OFF key to enter the item after transfering to the item of which parameter
is required to change.
(3) Selecting a parameter
Use the front and front key to select a parameter.
(4) Determining a selected value
Press the front ON/OFF key to set the selected value.
The display returns to the setting display.
(5) Exiting the mode
Transfer to EXIT menu that exists in the lowest class menu.
3-65
Section 3 Maintenance Mode Menu Operations and Functions
3.6.3 Menu items
The setting items in the maintenance mode are listed below.
(NOTE 1) If the unit of the heater temperature is set to "F", all values are converted to "F".
(NOTE 2) The heater test ignores the heater ON/OFF command from the serial interface, and turns the heater ON/OFF only
by the ON/OFF switch operation on the operation panel.
oN metI metiyalpsiD eulavgnitteS gninaeMlaitinI
eulav
1gnitteserpretaehtnorF
erutarepmetreppUnoitatimil
TIMILF C06ot51reppuretaehtnorF
erutarepmetnoitatimil.sresuybteserp
55
2gnitteserpretaehraeR
erutarepmetreppUnoitatimil
TIMILF C06ot51reppuretaehtnorF
erutarepmetnoitatimil.sresuybteserp
55
3gnitteserpretaehtnirP
erutarepmetreppUnoitatimil
TIMILF C06ot51reppuretaehtnorF
erutarepmetnoitatimil.sresuybteserp
55
4 erutarepmetybdnatS PMETYBDNATS C06ot51dnatsroferutarepmetteserP
etatsyb53
5 )2ETON(tsetretaeH TSETRETAEHFFO ffotsetretaehehtsnruT O
NO notsetretaehehtsnruT
6 gnizilaitiniretemaraP MARAPTESERSEY
otsretemarapllasnruteRsgnittesyrotcaf
O
ON gnihtonoD
7 gnittesfodnE TIXESEY
ecnanetniamehtmorftixEedom
O
ONehtmorftixetonseoD
edomecnanetniam
4-1
Section 4 Troubleshooting (Gneneral)
Section 4 Troubleshooting (General)
Before deciding that there is a serious problem with the printer check the following items.
Items to check
motpmyS kcehcotsmetI serusaemevitcerroC
nonruttonseodrewoP
noitcennocelbacrewoP .yltcerrocteltuoehtotnielbacrewopehtgulP
teltuoehtotylppusrewoP .teltuoehtotrewopehtylppuS
FFO/NOhctiwsnoitalosI .NOhctiwsnoitalosiehtnruT
FFO/NOhctiwsrewoP .NOhctiwsrewopehtnruT
tratstonseodretnirpehTyltcerrocetareporo
noegassemdnapmalRORREDCLeht
rorreehtotgnidroccaserusaemetairporppaekaTnosraeppAegasseMrorrEnanehWeeS.egassem
.ediuGs'resUehtni5noitceS
tnirptonnaC
noitcennocelbacecafretnI .yltcerrocelbacecafretniehttcennoC
noegassemdnapmalRORREDCLeht
rorreehtotgnidroccaserusaemetairporppaekaTnosraeppAegasseMrorrEnanehWeeS.egassem
.ediuGs'resUehtni5noitceS
FFOpmalRORRElacinahceMeeS.nrettaptnemtsujdaelzzontnirP
.ediuGs'resUehtni3noitceSnouneMtnemtsujdA
siataddettimsnartehTdessecorpton
yletaidemmi)?gnihsalf(pmalATAD
.retupmocehtotsnoitidnocnoitacinummocehtkcehC
ytilauqtnirprooP
epytrepaP.repapdednemmocer-ruOesU
.ediuGs'resUehtnixidneppAnoselbamusnoCeeS
epytknI.knidednemmocer-ruOesU
.ediuGs'resUehtnixidneppAnoselbamusnoCeeS
gninaelcdaehknI.daehkniehtnaelC
.ediuGs'resUehtni2noitceSnogninaelCdaeHeeS
ruccosmajrepaPyltneuqerf
epytrepaP
epytehtsehctamgnittesepytrepapehtrehtehwkcehCehtnolloRrepaPgnillatsnIeeS.repapdedaolehtfo
2noitceSnoretnirPehtmorftignivomeRdnaretnirP.ediuGs'resUehtni
.repapdednemmocer-ruOesU.ediuGs'resUehtnixidneppAnoselbamusnoCeeS
gnittesrepaPlloRrepaPehtgnicalpeReeS.yltcerrocrepapehtteS
.ediuGs'resUehtni2noitceSno
ynasierehtrehtehwkcehCegairracehtnilairetamngierof
.htaprepapehtnohtap
.lairetamngierofynaevomeRs'resUehtni5noitceSnosmaJrepaPgniraelCeeS
.ediuG
wolssideepstnirP erutarepmettnemnorivnE .erutarepmettnemnorivnerehgihroC°02nitnirP
4-2
Measures to Solve Print Quality Problems When a Print Error Occurs
Measures to Be Taken When the Plotter Malfunctions
melborP esuacelbissoP erusaemevitcerroC
siegassemkni-onAsierehtnehwdeyalpsid
.knihguone.yltcerrocdellatsnitonsielttobkniehT
otnidetresnisitniojehtrehtehwkcehC.elttobknieht
dnuoslamronbA .evitcefedebotsmeesrotomehTedomecnanetniamnirotautcaehttseT
.noitarepokcehcot
motpmyS esuacelbissoP erusaemevitcerroC
sirepapfoteehsknalbAdetnirpehtrotuptuo
.dedafsigniward
.dettimsnartsiatadknalB .atadtnirpkcehC
tonodsnoitidnoclatnemnorivneehT.snoitacificepsretnirpehtteem
roC°51oterutarepmetmooresaercnImrawdna)C°32,ylbareferp(rehgih
.yltneiciffusretnirpehtpu
.yltcerrocnitessirepapehT .sgnittesrepapehtkcehC
eragniwardafostraPsitnirpehtrognissim
.raelcnu
ehtotdehcattaerastcejbongieroF.daeh
GNINAELCehtmorfdaehehtnaelC.unem
.derrulbsitnirpehT
.nwodedispudedaolsirepapehTdedaolsirepapehtrehtehwkcehC
.yltcerroc
.yltcerrocnitessirepapehT .sgnittesrepapehtkcehC
siecafrusdetnirpehT.deniats
.delrucsirepapehtfoegdegnidaelehTehtfoegdegnidaelehtrehtehwkcehC
ehttuc,delrucsitifI.delrucsirepap.egdegnidael
.delknirwylthgilssirepapehTtucdnarepapehtdeef,selknirwtifI
.repapehtfotrapdelknirwehtffo
.derrefsnartebyamnetalpehtnosniatS.netalpehtnosniatsffoepiW-
.esabdaehehtnosniatsffoepiW-
eragniwardafostraP.tnirpfotratstagnissim
tonodsnoitidnoclatnemnoribneehT.snoitacificepsretnirpehtteem
dednemmocerehtnretnirpehtesU.tnemnorivne
.pumrawdaehehtNOnruT
eragniwardafostraPnehwnevegnissim
demrofrepsigninaelc.yldetaeper
.elzzondeggolC .noitarepopacllifmrofreP
tonsiytilauqtnirPnehwnevedevorpmi
.gninaelcehtgnimrofrep
snartebyamrepiwropacehtnosniatS.derref
repiwdnapacehtnosniatsffoepiW.diuqilgninaelcehtgnisu
4-3
Section 4 Troubleshooting (Gneneral)
Measures to Be Taken When the Heater Mulfunctions
motpmyS esuacelbissoP erusaemevitcerroC
lortnocretaehehtnoDCLdnethgilebtonnnaclenap
dna)x1WX-USP(ylppusrewopehTera)draoblortnocretaeh(draobPCH
V21/V5-LBC-CDhguorhtdetcennoc.yllcerrocni)46(
.yltcerroc,ehttcennoC
denoitcnuflamsidraobPCH .lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
ebtonnacsretcarahCretaehehtnodeyalpsid
.DCLlenaplortnoc.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCH .lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
RETAEHNOREWOP"sraeppa"HCTIWSREWOP
lenaplortnocretaehehtno.DCL
ehtotdetcennoctonsirewopCAehTforedisrepiwehtnotelnirewopretaeh
.retnirpehtfokcabeht
retaehehtotrewopCAehttcennoC.telnirewop
repiwehtnorekaerbrewopretaehehTtonsiretnirpehtfokcabehtfoedis
.)1(NOdenrut.hctiwsnekaerbeht)1(NOnruT
toneradraobPCHdnadraobYLRehTelbacLTC-B-YLRhguorhtdetcennoc
.YSSA.yltcerrocmehttcennoC
.denoitcnuflamsidraobYLRehT .draobYLRehtecalpeR
.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCHehTsemocebretaehehtretehwkcehC
ehtnitsetretaehybtoh.edomecnanetniam
emocebtonseodretaehehTgnimrofrepnehwnevetoh
.tsetretaehehtehT.deyalpsidsi"+"(
ehtdnaerutarepmetteserperaerutarepmettnerruc
).deyalpsid
.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCHehT .lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
emocebtonseodretaehehTgnimrofrepnehwnevetoh
.tsetretaehehtehT.deyalpsidsi"+"(
ehtdnaerutarepmetteserperaerutarepmettnerruc
).deyalpsid
eradraobYLRehtdnadraobPCHehTLTC-B-YLRehthguorhtdetcennocton
.YSSAelbac.yltcerrocmehttcennoC
hctiwsnoitanretlaegatlovrewopehT.detcennoctonerasretaehdnaYSSA
.yltcerrocmehttcennoC
.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCHehT .lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
.denoitcnuflamsidraobYLRehT .YSSAdraobYLRehtecalpeR
.denoitcnuflamsiretaehehT .retaehehtecalpeR
4-4
motpmyS esuacelbissoP erusaemevitcerroC
tonseodretaehehTtnirpgnirudtohemoceb
retaehehthguorhtneveehtnitohsemoceb
.tsetretaeh
.detcennoctonsielbacFI-GNEehT .yltcerroctahttcennoC
.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCHehT)tiucricecafretnilaireS(
.lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
.denoitcnuflamsidraob1BPIehT)tiucricecafretnilaireS(
.draob1BPIehtecalpeR
.denoitcnufjamsielbacFI-GNEehT .elbacFI-GNEehtecalpeR
sierutarepmetlamronbA.deyalpsid
.detcennoctonsiYSSAelbacMRHTehT .yltcerroctahttcennoC
.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCHehT .lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
.denoitcnuflamsirotsimrehtehT .YSSArotsimrehtehtecalpeR
erutarepmetretaehehT.hgihylemertxesemoceb
.ylgnorwdetcennocsielbacMRHTehT .yltcerroctahttcennoC
.denoitcnuflamsidraobPCHehT .lenaplortnocretaehehtecalpeR
.denoitcnuflamsidraobYLRehT .draobYLRehtecalpeR
5-1
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
This section describes how to troubleshoot engine or SCSI controller errors.
If a print quality defect occurs, no error appears on the LCD in most cases. If the printer has
other troubles, the error lamp lights and an error message appears on the LCD.
Print quality defects are judged by nozzle check patterns. If an error message appears, check
the cause and location of the trouble according to the error message and take appropriate
measure. If no error message is displayed, determine the cause and location and take
appropriate measure.
5.1 Print Quality Defects
If a print quality defect occurs, no error message appears on the LCD in most cases. A print
quality defect caused by a head cannot be detected by printing a nozzle check pattern.
The judgement criteria for print quality defects caused by heads during installation or
operation are described below.
1) Check patterns should be in the failure mode range that can be checked with nozzle
check patterns.
2) Determine whether it is caused by the electrical system or ink system.
1. All heads are faulty. --- Electrical system
2. One head is faulty.
Replace the FFC connected to the head with another head, and output a pattern.
- If the symptom appears with the head --- Ink system or head
- If the symptom appears with another head --- Electrical system
5-2
3) Isolation when the ink system is defective
1. If ink cannot be filled
If ink is not absorbed, the possible causes are as follows:
- The cap is stained --- Clean the cap with the cap cleaning liquid.
- The capping position is incorrect. --- Correct the capping position. (See Section 7.7.)
- Capping adsorption defect --- Replace the cap unit or parts. (pump ASSY, cap
ASSY, olyfis, or sensor (AIR)
- Bent ink supply tube --- Correct the tube.
- The head nozzle is stained --- Charge the wipe cleaning liquid.
- Height of the capping unit is incorrect --- Correct height of the capping unit (See
6.3.7).
2. If there is air remaining in the ink tube
Even if there is a little air in the ink tube, it does not affect printing. However, if there
is much air, an ejection error may occur.
- Insufficient cap adsorption --- Replace the cap unit or parts.
- Tube air leak --- Tighten joints.
- Head air leak --- Replace the head.
4) Measure to be taken if a head is defective
If an ejection defect is caused by a head, take the following measure. If the problem is
not solved, replace the head.
1. Manual cleaning
- Cleaning in user mode
When this function is executed, air and dust in the head are removed and menis-
cus is correctly formed.
The problem is mostly solved by manual cleaning.
- The procedure is described in 7.9.2.
2. Fill cap
- Perform this function in the User mode.
This function charges ink into the cap, immerses the head (surface) in ink, leaves
the printer for a while to solve the nozzle choking. Use this function when print
missing cannot be solved even though performing the cleaning repeatedly.
Leave the printer for one or two hours after performing this function.
Instruct users to contact our service centers if the printer cannot be recovered
after leaving for 214 hours.
3. Ink drain
- If the problem is not solved by above steps 1 and 2, there may be air inside the
head and it cannot be discharged.
In this case, leave the printer as it is for a while (1 or 2 hours) or remove ink and
refill refresh ink. (Use a new waste ink bottle when removing ink.)
- See 7.9.4 for a detailed procedure.
- Leave the printer more than one hour after charging ink.
5-3
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
4. Cleaning with refresh ink
- If the printer is transported or left unused for a long time, the problem may not be
solved by draining ink.
In this case, clean the ink tube path, head damper filter, head filter, and nozzles by
using cleaning maintenance liquid cartridges. (Use a new waste ink bottle for this
cleaning.)
- See 7.9 for a detailed procedure.
5) If it is caused by head rubbing or paper jam
- If paper jams or rubbing occurs frequently, the head nozzle plate may be dam-
aged.
In this case, nozzle dots may not miss, but deflection may occur, causing a poor
print quality.
- The head height must be checked.
Use the optimum paper, set paper correctly, and use the correct environment.
- If the problem cannot be fixed, replace the head itself.
6) If nozzle missing increases
- Verify the head voltage. See and set the recommend voltage written on the
head.
7) Ink adhesion
- If ink adhere to the carridge cable and the head cable, wipe it up immediately.
- If the carridge cable or the head cable is damaged, replace it.
5-4
5.2 Error Message Types
Error messages are classified according to details of troubles as follows:
(1) Operator call errors
These errors can be corrected by the operator.
(2) Warning
These errors can be corrected by the operator and include the following:
- Communication error
- Winder timeout
(3) Service call errors
These errors must be corrected by service personnel.
- Power-on self-diagnostic error
- Engine error
- System error
5-5
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
The following errors can be corrected by the operator.
(Ink cartridge)
Description : There is no ink.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
Description : An ink cartridge is not installed.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
Description : Ink cartridge error.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
(Ink cover)
Description : The ink cover open.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
(Ink remain)
- The ink LED flashes.Description : Ink is running out. (Warning)
Measure : Replace the ink cartridge.
OPEN X INKCOVERCHANGE YY INK
OPEN X INKCOVERSET YY INK
INKCOVER IS OPENCLOSE X INKCOVER
X : L (Left) / R (right)
YY : Y, M, C, Bk, Lc, Lm
X : L (Left) / R (right)
YY : Y, M, C, Bk, Lc, Lm
X : L (Left) / R (right)
5.3 Operator Call Errors
OPEN X INKCOVER ZCHECK YY INK
X : L (Left) / R (Right)
YY : Y, M, C, Bk, Lc, Lm
Z : Type of error
1: Check sun error
2: Different color
3: Different type (OEM code)
4: Hash error
5: Write error
6: Upper limit error
7: Serial ID I/O error
8: Differnt custom serial ID
9: Ink remaining history error
5-6
(Waste ink bottle)
Description : The waste ink bottle is full.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
Description : No waste ink bottle is installed.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
(Paper jam)
Description : A paper jam (1) has occurred.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
Description : A paper jam (2) has occurred.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
A paper jam (2) also occurs when a cut sheet with an irregular size is used.
WASTE INK FULLCHANGE BOTTLE
BOTTLE ISN’T SETSET BOTTLE
LIFT LEVER & 1OPEN REAR COVER
LIFT LEVER & 2OPEN REAR COVER
Description : Paper with an invalid size is set.
Measure : Set paper with a correct size.
Check whether model setting under system menu is set correctly.
Description : Paper skew occurred or the edge sensor could not detect edge of the paper.
Measure : Set paper correctly.
The platen may be smudged with ink according to skew conditions. Wipe
off ink on the platen.
Description : Paper runs out.
Measure : Set new paper. Heck whether paper is not loose on the paper supply.
Check whether paper supply sensor is positioned correctly.
LIFT LEVERSET PAPER
LIFT LEVERSET PAPER
LIFT LEVERSET PAPER
(Paper)
5-7
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
Description : The lever is open.
Measure : Set paper according to the message.
(Lever)
(Temperature)
Description : The head temperature is out of the operating temperature range.
Measure : Use it within the operating temperature range. Leave the printer for a
while until the head temperature falls within the range.
Description : The ambient temperature is not within the operating temperature range for
the printer.
Measure : Use it within the operating temperature range.
(Winder)
The error LED flashes (warning) if the winder time out has occurred.
CLOSE REAR COVER
HEAD TEMP. ERRORWAIT A MOMENT
ENV. TEMP. ERRORCHANGE CONDITION
SET PAPERPUSH DOWN LEVER
Description : The rear cover is open.
Measure : Take appropriate measure according to the message.
(Rear cover)
5-8
5.4 Warning
5.4.1 Communication errors
A communication error indicates that there is a problem in communication conditions or
protocol with the SCSI connection between the printer and the computer.
<Measures>(1) Check SCSI cable connection and terminator switch.
(2) Turn the host SCSI parity bit setting ON.
(3) Check the host SCSI driver setting.
(4) Replace WIM1 board.
5.4.2 Winder timeout
The winder slack sensor is kept ON and paper is not wound.
- The error LED flashes.
<Measures>(1) Remove the paper at the slack sensor.
(2) Place paper on the winding paper core correctly.
PRINT READYW SCSI ERROR nnn
nnn: Error code
noitpircsedrorrE yalpsidetatsrorrE
rorreytiraP 100RORREISCSW
rorretuoemitsuB 200RORREISCSW
5-9
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5 Service Call Errors
The following error messages indicate the errors that must be corrected by service
personnel.
Reference If a service call error message is displayed, the user should be ad-
vised to turn the power switch off and on again and check whether the error
occurs again. This may eliminate the error.
5.5.1 Self-diagnostic errors at power on
An error is detected in the engine during power-on self-diagnosis (POC).
Get information of error condition; time of occurrence, frequency of error, operation right
before error occurrence, and operating temperature.
An error code is displayed in hexadecimal figure.
POC error codes correspond to bits as follows.
When multiple errors are occurred, the hexadecimal figure that are added with each error
code is displayed.
(Example: When NVRAM error and Power supply error has occurred, E0310 is displayed.)
The diagnosis and measures to be taken are described below.
INITIALIZINGE Ennnn
nnnn: POC error code
HINT
tiB edocrorrE sisongaiD tluseR
0 1000 MARlanretnI lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
1 2000 MARS lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
2 4000 MORhsalF lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
3 8000 OIP lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
4 0100 MARVN lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
5 0200 )BPI(AGPF lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
6 0400 )BCI(AGPF lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
7 0800 )BPI(FNOCCISA lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
8 0010 )BCI(FNOCCISA lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
9 0020 MARD lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
01 0040 retsigerISCS lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
11 0080 ylppusrewoP lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
21 0001 draobISCS lamronbA=1,lamroN=0
51,41,31 devreseR devreseR
5-10
5.5.1.1 Internal RAM (0001)
<Description>The read/write of the RAM built in the CPU was diagnosed, and an error was detected.
<Defective module>(1) IPB1 board.
<Measure to be taken>(1) The CPU may be defective. Replace the WEC board.
5.5.1.2 SRAM (0002)
<Description>The read/write of the SRAM on the IPB1 board was diagnosed, and an error was detected.
<Defective module>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) The CPU, SRAM, or BRP may be defective. Replace the WEC board.
5.5.1.3 Flash ROM (0004)
<Description>The program area in the flash ROM is sum-checked, and it could not be read correctly,
causing an error.
<Defective module>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Install the program again.
(2) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-11
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.1.4 PIO (0008)
<Description>Perform a read/write test on a specific PIO and diagnose whether it can be read and written
correctly.
<Defective module>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) The PIO device may be defective. Replace the IPB1 board.
5.5.1.5 NVRAM
<Description>Check whether the NVRAM read/write (specific blank area) can be performed correctly and
whether engine parameters can be read correctly by check-sum. The RTC (Real Time
Clock) test is not performed. This error means damage of the IC or parameter error.
When this error was occurred at power-on-self diagnosis (POC), perform read/write check
and read check-sum three times.
If the error cannot be solved, the NVRAM contents at the previous powering OFF is
reloaded and engine error 11Ax (x: 2, 3, 4) is displayed. (In this case, E0010 will not be
displayed.)
When other errors NVRAM error is occurred, the above recovery is not performed and this
error code is only displayed.
<Defective modules>(1) NVRAM
(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>When multiple errors that includes NVRAM have occurred, take a measure for errors except
NVRAM, first.
Turn on the printer after solving the errors except NVRAM.
Only NVRAM error recovery will be performed.
The NVRAM is not backed up error condition.
If error 11Ax is occurred even at turning on the printer, take appropriate measure by
following to engine error 11Ax.
5-12
NVRAM Error Measure Flow Diagram
POC, NVRAM error(E0010)
Check mount of theNVRAM and WIM1.
NVRAM INIT
(NOTE1)Check whether the NVRAM ismounted on the WEC boardcorrectly.
(Cause)• Parameter sum check error• Write / Read check error
Power on the printer(OFF/ON) OK : NVRAM chip is not inferior.
NG : Mounting inferior
NG : NVRAM chip malfunction or hardware malfunction.
Mount the NVRAMand WIN1 again.
Power on the printer(OFF/ON)
NVRAM INIT
Replace the NVRAM
NVRAM INIT
Replace the WECboard
End
Input the NVRAM parameteron the operation panel
OK
Do you replace theboard?
Restore NVRAM
Power on the printer(OFF/ON)
Restore SETTING
End
OK
NG
OK
NG
NVRAM inferior
Power on the printer(OFF/ON)
Power on the printer(OFF/ON)
See Section 5.8 (3)
OKNG
NO
NG
<Measure to be taken when the error cannot be soled by auto-error correction>The damage of the backed up contents of the NVRAM, NVRAM device defectives, or IPB1
board defectives will be possible.
Take appropriate measure by following to the NVRAM Error Measure, Flow Diagram.
5-13
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.1.6 FPGA (IPB) (0020)
<Description>The read/write of the FPGA-ATG and FPGA-RSM registers on the IPB1 board was
diagnosed, and an error was detected.
<Defective modules>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Replace the IPB1 board.
5.5.1.7 FPGA (ICB) (0040)
<Description>The read/write of the FPGA-PTC and FPGA-PDD registers on the IPB1 board was
diagnosed, and an error was detected.
<Defective modules>(1) IPB1 board
(2) Carriage cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Replace the ICB1 board.
(2) Check whether the carriage cable is plugged or not.
(3) Replace IPB1 board.
5.5.1.8 ASIC CONF (IPB1) (0080)
<Description>The program load from the flash ROM on the IPB1 board to the ASIC on the IPB1 board or
sum-check was not performed correctly, and an error was occurred.
<Defective modules>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Reload the ASIC program from the IC card.
(2) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-14
5.5.1.9 ASIC CONF (ICB1) (0100)
<Description>The program load from the flash ROM on the IPB1 board to the ASIC on the ICB1 board or
sum-check was not performed correctly, and an error was occurred.
<Defective modules>(1) IPB1 board
(2) Carriage cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Reload the ASIC program from the IC card.
(2) Check whether the carriage cable is plugged correctly.
(3) Replace the ICB1 board.
(4) Replace the IPB1 board.
5.5.1.10 SCSI board (0200)
<Description>The WIM1 board is not installed.
<Defective modules>(1) WIM1 board
(2) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check whether the WIM1 board is installed correctly.
(2) Replace the WIM1 board.
(3) There is a possibility that this error occurs due to a defective IPB1 board. Replace the
IPB1 board.
5-15
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.1.11 SCSI register (0400)
<Description>The read/write of the SCSI protocol controller on the WIM1 board was diagnosed, and an
error was detected.
<Defective modules>(1) WIM1 board
(2) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check whether the WIM1 board is installed correctly.
(2) Replace the WIM1 board.
(3) There is a possibility that this error occurs due to a defective IPB1 board. Replace the
IPB1 board.
5.5.1.12 DRAM (0800)
<Description>The read/write of the image band memory on the IPB1 board was diagnosed, and an error
was detected.
<Defective modules>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Replace the IPB1 board.
5.5.1.13 POWER SUPPLY (+36, +24, +12 V) (1000)
<Description>The power supplies of +36, +24, and +12 V PC are diagnosed, and the power supplies could
not be detected.
<Defective modules>(1) Interlock switch or wire harness of the rear cover.
(2) Fuses (F1, F2, F3) on the IPB1 board.
(3) Power supply unit and wire harness (3)
(4) IPB1 board
When the power supply is in short-circuit;
(5) ICB1 board and FFC (4)
(6) VDD2 board
(7) Others
5-16
<Check points of the power supply voltages>
<Check points of the power supply voltages>
enilrewoPnoitisopgnirusaeM)draob1BPIehtno(
eulavlamroN
V5 53PT V52.5+otV57.4+
V21+ 05PT V00.31+otV00.11+
V42+ 43PT V00.52+otV00.32+
V63+ 33PT,39PT V00.73+otV00.53+
enilrewoPnoitisopgnirusaeM)draob1BPIehtno(
eulavlamroN
V5.1+ 07PT V55.1+otV54.1+
V3.3+ 96PT V04.3+otV02.3+
FERV5+ 63PT V01.5+otV09.4+
Note:
Use the power supply JLSI-005C1 specified for the IP-6600 printer.
Some nations require revision B or later power supply from safety regulations.
The revision of the power supply is shown in the last figure of the serial number.
(Example: 3AJ0001A ---- Version A)
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check interlock switch
Observe lighting condition of LED2 (+ 5 V), LED7 (+ 12 V), LED9 (+ 24 V), LED11
(+ 36 VM), and LED13 (+ 36 VH) on the IPB1 board.
+ 36 VM and + 36 VH are distributed from one power supply source, but they are
separated for convenience on the IPB1 board.
+ 36 VM is applied for motors. + 36 VH is applied for head drive.
If the rear cover is not closed correctly, 36 V may not be applied.
(2) Turn off the power, measure resistance of fuses to check.
(3) Check whether correct voltages are supplied from the power source. (See tables)
(4) There is a possibility that this error occurs due to a defective IPB1 board. Replace the
IPB1 board.
(5) Check whether the power is in short-circuit or not.
The power source has a over-current protection circuit.
When over-current on the + 5 V (short-circuit) is detected, all DC outputs are turned
off.
When over-current on + 12 V, + 24 V, or 36 V (short-circuit) is detected, three DC
outputs except 5 V are turned off.
Measure a resistance of the DC cable after unplugging CN on the IPB1 board. If the
resistance is extremely low, the power is in short-circuit.
Note that the power does not supplied for a while, 10 minutes after turning on.
5-17
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2 Engine error
An error is detected in the engine.
Restart the engine. If the error is not solved, contact our service centers.
Get information of error condition; time of occurrence, frequency of the error, operation right
before error occurrence, and operating temperature.
When an engine error is occurred, take the following measures;
(1) Replace the module that is specified as a defective part I the error message.
(2) When multiple defective parts are possible, separate the defective part.
Enter the maintenance mode by performing the CANCEL-SHIFT Power-on in the Special
Power-On Procedure (See 5.9), and check whether the circuit works correctly using
actuator function and monitor function.
These functions can be performed even when an engine error is occurred. When the rear cover is
opened, 36 V is not supplied.
*1) x: 0= No. 1 head, 1= No. 2 head.....5= No. 6 head*2) x: 0= TH2, 1= TH6, 2= TH3, 3= TH7, 4= TH4, 5= TH8, 6= TH5 (Thx: Location on ICB board.)*3) x: 0= CN9, 1= CN10, 2= CN11, 3= CN12 cables*4) x: 0.2= sum error
3= version error4= read/write error
noitpircsedrorrE yalpsidetatsrorrE
rorreraelckcolbGTA_AG 0111RORREENIGNE
rorrerefsnartAMDGTA_AG 1111RORREENIGNE
rorrenafmuucaVX211RORREENIGNE
]pac:2retnec:1epiw:0:x[
rorreetirwMORPhsalF 0411RORREENIGNE
rorrerosnesnoitisopemoH 0511RORREENIGNE
rorrerosnesgnipiw,rotomgnipiW 0611RORREENIGNE
rorrerosneserutarepmeT 0711RORREENIGNE
rorrerotomgnippaC 0811RORREENIGNE
rorrerewopelbairav2DDVx911RORREENIGNE
]rebmunlennahc:x[
rorreMARVNXA11RORREENIGNE
])4*(rebmunrorre:x[
rorreetadpU 0B11RORREENIGNE
rorrenoitisoppaC 0C11RORREENIGNE
rorrenafgnilooC 0D11RORREENIGNE
rorreegarotsmretgnoL 0E11RORREENIGNE
rorreCIevirddaeHx021RORREENIGNE
])2*(rebmunrotsimreht:x[
rorreerutarepmetdaeHx121RORREENIGNE
])1*(rebmundaeh:x[
rorrerosnesegdE 0221RORREENIGNE
rorre)flaHrolluF(rosnesknat-buSx321RORREENIGNE])1*(rebmundaeh:X[
rorrerosnesylppusknIx421RORREENIGNE])1*(rebmundaeh:X[
rorreylppusknatbuSx521RORREENIGNE])1*(rebmundaeh:X[
rorrenoitcennocelbacCFFx621RORREENIGNE
])3*([
rorrerotomovreS 0071RORREENIGNE
5-18
5.5.2.1 Engine error 1110: GA_ATG block clear error
<Description>The ATG band memory block erase does not end. This error is checked at power on start
and print.
<Defective module>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Replace the IPB1 board.
5.5.2.2 Engine error 1110: GA_ATG DMA error
<Description>The DMA circuit is in the input part of the FPGA-ATG on the IPB1 board and the drawing
data from the host PC is received via the WIM board.
This error shows some error exist in the data path.
This error is checked during print.
<Defective module>(1) Host PC or SCSI cable
(2) WIM1 board
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check whether a host PC and a SCSI cable are connected correctly and there is no
defect in the host side.
(2) Replace the WIM1 board.
(3) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-19
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.3 Engine error 112X: Vacuum fan error
<Description>x= 0: The vacuum fan (lower part of the platen, wipe side) does not run.
x= 1: The vacuum fan (lower part of the platen, center) does not run.
x= 2: The vacuum fan (lower part of the platen, cap side) does not run.
This error is checked at print.
<Defective module>(1) Vacuum fan
(2) Sensor cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Enter the maintenance mode by performing the CANCEL-SHIFT Power on in the
Special Power on Procedure (See 5.9), and check whether the fan motor rotates
correctly by controlling the fan motor in the actuator menu.
(2) Replace the vacuum fan.
(3) Check the sensor cable.
(4) When this error cannot be solved even though the fan is replaced, there is a possibility
of defect of the drive circuit.
Replace the IPB1 board.
5.5.2.4 Engine error 1140: Flash ROM write error
<Description>A time-out error occurs when the NVRAM contents are being saved in the flash memory in
maintenance mode. Erasing does not end.
This error is checked at shut down of the printer and back up from the operation panel.
<Defective module>(1) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-20
5.5.2.5 Engine error 1150: Home position sensor error
<Description>The carriage cannot be moved to its home position.
This error is checked at power-on-start of the printer and closing the rear cover.
<Defective module>(1) Home position sensor
(2) Sensor cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Enter the maintenance mode by performing CANCEL-SHIFT power-on in the
Special Power-On Procedure (See 5.9).
Enter the Home Position Sensor menu from the Monitor menu.
Check whether “1” is displayed when the carriage is in its home position.
In the condition that the Y motor is not excited at open state of the cap, check whether
the display is changed when the carriage is moved manually. (Note so that the ink
does not drop.)
(2) Check the sensor cable whether there is no disconnect on of connectors and no cutting
of harnesses.
(3) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-21
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.6 Engine error 1160: Wiping error
<Description>When the wiping motor is run for a while, the sensor does not make a response that indicates
that the motor turns one turn.
This error is checked during wipe.
<Defective module>(1) Wiping unit (including wiping motor and wipe sensor.)
(2) Sensor cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>Check whether the wiper turns one turn and the wipe sensor detects the turn during the
initializing sequence at powering on the printer.
A. When the wiper does not turn.
(1) Check whether there is no step-out of the gears when the wiper does not turn one turn
even though the motor turns.
(2) Check whether 24 V is supplied to the IPB1 board with the circuit tester when the
motor does not turn.
When the motor does not turn even though the + 24 V is supplied, there is a possibility
of the capping motor defect.
Replace the capping unit.
(3) Check the sensor cable.
(4) There is a possibility of a motor drive circuit defect.
Replace the IPB1 board.
B. When the wiper turns
(1) Check whether the wipe sensor can be switched ON and OFF by rotating the wiper.
Check whether the lever type switch is not loosen.
(2) Check the sensor cable.
(3) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-22
5.5.2.7 Engine error 1170: Temperature sensor error
<Description>The thermistor for temperature measurement in the printer detects an abnormal temperature.
(-10˚C or lower or 85˚C or higher)
This error is checked at all times.
<Defective module>(1) Ambient thermistor sensor (AMB THRM ASSY)
(2) Sensor cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Use the printer under the print guaranteed temperature range.
When the ambient temperature is -10 °C or lower or 85 °C or higher.
(2) Replace the ambient temperature sensor.
(3) Check the sensor cable.
(4) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-23
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.8 Engine error 1180: Capping motor error
<Description>Capping motor over current is detected.
This error is checked at all times.
<Defective module>(1) Capping unit (tube, pump motor)
(2) Sensor cable
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) When the ambient temperature is low, a tube of the pump motor becomes hard and
load of the motor is increased.
Use the printer under the operation guaranteed temperature range.
(2) The capping unit has a torque timitter for up and down operation.
Therefore, the capping unit does not occurs over current.
(3) The rotation of the capping unit gear is worse, put grease on the shaft of the gear.
(4) Enter the maintenance mode by performing the CANCEL-SHIFT power-on in the
special Power-On Procedure (See 5.9).
Enter the pump solenoids 1 and 2 from the actuator menu, and open the fresh air by
turning on the solenoids 1 and 2.
Enter the pump motor and check whether the motor drive circuit and the motor work
correctly by rotationing the motor back and forward.
When the home position parameter is set to “0”, it is judged that the home position is
not adjusted and the capping is not available.
(The forward rotation of the pump motor is not available even in the actuator menu.)
Check whether connectors are not off and harnesses are not cut.
(5) When the motor cannot be rotated, replace the capping unit.
(6) Check the sensor cable.
(7) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-24
5.5.2.9 Engine error 119X: VDD2 variable power supply error
<Description>Output voltages of the VDD2 board are abnormal.
ON wave voltage and OFF wave voltage should be more than 12 V and more than 6 V
respectively.
This error is checked during print.
(*1) Normal output voltage at normal temperature.
<Defective module>(1) ICB1 board
(2) VDD2 board
(3) Carridge cable
(4) IPB1 board
(5) Main power supply
(6) Defective interlock switch
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check whether 36 V is supplied to the IPB1 board.
If not, the followings are considerable causes.
• Main power supply defect
• The rear cover is opened
(2) Preset the VDD voltage from the diagnostics menu.
Check voltages of the channels that occur errors on the ICB1 board by a circuit tester.
The voltage supply condition is check at the LEDs.
(3) When the voltage is supplied, the voltage check circuit is defective.
Replace the ICB1 board.
AD converters for checking the voltage level are on the ICB1 board.
(4) When the voltage is not supplied, replace the VDD2 board.
(5) There is a possibility of short-circuit of the VDD2 output line.
Perform short-circuit test on the ICB1 board.
Check whether the carridge cable is not damaged.
Preset voltage for VDD + 4 V” is output as the VDD2 voltage.
=X lennahC daeH esU )1*(egatloV tniopkcehC DEL
0 1hC Y,cL evawNOrof V42ot02 1NOWP:4PT 72D
1 2hC mL,kB evawNOrof V42ot02 1NOWP:5PT 03D
2 3hC C,M evawNOrof V42ot02 1NOWP:6PT 33D
3 4hC Y,cL evawFFOrof V41ot21 1FFOWP:7PT 62D
4 5hC mL,kB evawFFOrof V41ot21 1FFOWP:8PT 92D
5 6hC C,M evawFFOrof V41ot21 1FFOWP:9PT 3D
TP1
D28
TP2
D31
TP3
5V
12V
24VD34
TP4
D27
TP5
D30
TP6
D33
TP7
D26
TP8
D29
TP9
D32
LEDs and Check pins around CN12
on the ICB1 board.
5-25
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.10 Engine error 11AX: NVRAM error
<Description>The data in the NVRAM is incorrect.
The self diagnosis at powering on checks read/write and sum-check errors.
Internally the program retries those checks three times and when this error cannot be solved
in three time checks, the data in the NVRAM backed up at the previous powering off is
written to the NVRAM and this error is displayed.
11A0= Check-sum error (during operation)
11A2= Check-sum error
11A3= Version error
11A4= Read/write error
When a check-sum error is detected at revise of data of the NVRAM, this error is displayed.
Related section: 5.5.1 Self-diagnostic errors at power on (5.5.1.5 NVRAM)
3.5 System Information Management
<Defective module>(1) NVRAM
(2) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>Turn on the printer again and check whether the error is solved.
When the error cannot be solved, turn on the printer by skipping the POC.
Initialize the NVRAM and restore the back up information.
Turn on the printer again after powering off.
When the error cannot be solved, restore setting value at shipping and turn on the printer
after turning off.
If the error cannot be solved yet, there is a possibility of mounting defect of the NVRAM to
the IC socket.
Check whether the NVRAM is mounted to the IC socket correctly.
If the NVRAM is mounted upside down or in the wrong position, the NVRAM is broken.
Replace the NVRAM.
When the error cannot be solved by remounting the NVRAM correctly, replace the
NVRAM. If the error cannot be solved yet, replace the IPB1 board.
5-26
5.5.2.11 Engine error 11C0: Cap position error
<Description>The error is displayed when there is more than 2 mm gap of position detected by two
carridge position sensors at capping operation.
Two carridge position sensors: PWMGA on the IPB board and PTG (FPGA) on the ICB
board.
<Measure to be taken>(1) Verify that there is no stain on the T-fence.
(2) Verify that the linear scale is mounted correctly and the connector is connected
correctly.
(3) Verify that the FFC cable and the connector are connected correctly.
(4) Replace ICB board.
(5) Replace IBP board.
5.5.2.12 Engine error 11D0: Cooling fan error
<Description>When the head temperature becomes more than 43°C, the printer observes whether the head
temperature drops under 43°C during print.
This error is displayed as cooling fan error when the head temperature cannot become under
43°C for 10 minutes.
<Measure to be taken>Verify that the head cooling fan works good.
If the head cooling fan does not work good, replace the fan.
Verify that the printer cooling fan works good.
If the printer cooling fan does not work good, replace the fan.
5.5.2.13 Engine error 11E0: Long term strage error
<Description>When the printer has been left in power off state for more than one month (31 days) , user
unrecoverable error is displayed.
When the service clean (for long term storage) is performed before turing the printer off, this
error is not displayed.
When the head wash (return sequence after service clean) is performed, the printer returns to
the ormal error observation state.
This error cannot be cleared by normal power ON/OFF.
<Measure to be taken>
Turn the printer on by error skip mode ( + + POWER ) , input the passward,
and initialize the internal error flag.
Clear the error by turning the printer off (not turning the breaker off) and turning the printer
on again.
5-27
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.14 Engine error 120X: Head drive IC error
<Description>The piezo drive IC on a head is too hot (85 °C or higher) or too low (-10 °C or lower).
The head drive voltage + 4 V that is supplied to the VDD board is generated from 36 V
power supply.
The ICB1 board that has a 2nd voltage control circuit generates the accurate voltage needed
for the head.
The 2nd voltage control circuit is easy to hot.
This error is check at all times.
<Defective module>(1) ICB1 board
(2) Head cable
(3) Head
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check whether the temperature of the head voltage circuit on the ICB1 board is not
extremely hot.
5.5.2.15 Engine error 121X: Head temperature error
x:0= No. 1 head (Bk), 1= No. 2 head (Lm), .....5= No. 6 head (Lc)
<Description>The head temperature is too low or too high (- 10 °C or lower, 85 °C or higher).
(The that measure the PZT temperature malfunction.)
When the head temperature rises at normal print, the temperature control such as addition of
wait time words so that the temperature does not exceed 40 °C .
<Defective module>(1) Head cable
(2) ICB1 board
(3) Head
<Measure to be taken>(1) When the actual environmental temperature is not abnormal, there is a possibility of cut
of the circuit.
Identify the errored color head from the lowest digit figure in the error number and
check whether cables are connected securely and the head cable is not damaged.
(2) The A/D conversion circuit is on the ICB1 board. Therefore, replace the ICB1 board.
(3) Rarely there is a possibility of the thermistor malfunction in the head.
5-28
5.5.2.16 Engine error 1220: Edge sensor error
<Description>The printer checks the paper width during the initializing sequence at powering on.
The printer adjusts sensibility of the edge sensor using unreftected tape or the platen where
the paper does not exist.
If the desired sensitivity cannot be obtaind at adjustment, this error is generated.
If paper or foreign material exists on the check point on the unreflected tape, the printer
cannot adjust correctly and this error is generated.
<Defective modules>(1) Edge sensor module
(2) ICB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Enter to the maintenance mode using cancel-shift powering on described on “5.9
Special Power-On Procedure”.
Enter to the edge sensor in the engine sensors from the monitor menu.
Check whether there is a response when the white paper is inserted and drawed under
the edge sensor. When there is a response, the edge sensor words correctly.
(2) When there is no response, replace the edge sensor.
(3) Replace the ICB1 board. The ICB1 board converts the sensor lever analog to digital
value.
5-29
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.17 Engine error 123x: Sub-tank sensor error (Full or Half)
<Description>x: 0= No. 1 head (Bk), 1= No. 2 head (Lm) ....5= No. 6 head (C)
The half sensors and full sensors on the sub-tanks are defective.
The sensors detect full state even though the sub-tank is not in half state actually.
This error is checked during print.
Sensor logic (Both sensors generate “7” if the connector is disconnected)
When the half sensor is defective, (1: Half sensor, 1: Full sensor) is detected at full state and
the error is generated.
When the full sensor is defective, (1: Half sensor, 1: Full sensor) is detected at empty state
(at ink initial charge), the error is generated.
Also, the ink is detected as full at the state that the ink is more than half and less than full, so
the ink cannot be charged more than this and when the ink is less than half, (1: Half sensor,
1: Full sensor) is detected and the error is generated.
<Defective modules>(1) Sub-tank sensor: Half, Full
(2) Sub-tank sensor relay cable (L/R), Sub-tank sensor cable (L/R)
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Enter to the maintenance mode using cancel-shift powering on described in “5.9 Special
Power-On Procedure”.
Enter to the sub-tank sensor full x half x (x= 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) from the monitor menu.
When there is a response of the sensor by moving the sensor plate of the sub-tank
manually, the sensor works correctly.
When the connector of the sensor is disconnected, the full sensor turns to “1” (full state)
and the half sensor turns to !1” (empty state).
(2) Replace no responsible sensors.
(3) Check whether the sub-tank sensor relay cable (L/R) and sub-tank sensor cable (L/R)
are connected securely and correctly and replace them.
(4) Replace the IPB1 board.
ytpmEflahnahteroMllufehtsseldna
lluFrotcennoCnoitcennocsid
rotcennoCnoitcennocsid
rosnesflaH 1 0 0 1 x
rosneslluF 0 0 1 x 1
5-30
5.5.2.18 Engine error 124x: Ink supply sensor error
<Description>The ink supply sensor does not change even though the specified time is passed after driving
the ink supply motor for the sub-tank x: 0= No. 1 head (Bk), 1= No. 2 head (Lm), ....5= No.
6 head (C).
This error is checked at ink supply.
<Defective modules>(1) Ink supply sensor
(2) Ink supply motor
(3) Ink motor L/R cable
(4) Ink motor relay cable
(5) Ink motor sensor relay cable
(6) Ink supply unit
(7) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Enter to the maintenance mode using the cancel-shift powering on described in “5.9
Special Power-On Procedure.”
Enter to the sub-tank sensor ink supply x (x= 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) from the monitor menu.
When there is a response at the time that the reflection plate turns white and black by
moving the gear manually, the sensor work correctly.
(2) Enter to the maintenance mode using the cancel-shift powering on described in “5.9
Special Power-On Procedure.”
Enter to the ink supply motor x from the actuator menu and preset it “NORMAL” to
drive the motor.
When the sub-tank is already in the full state, this is not checked.
Therefore, ink should be discharged.
Stop the motor immediately after checking the motor drive.
Note that always do not charge too much ink to the sub-tank.
Note that ink may be dropped from the head when the internal pressure of the sub-tank
is extremely high.
(3) Replace the corresponded motor, sensor, or cable when the ink supply sensor does not
word correctly.
(4) Replace the ink supply unit.
(5) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-31
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.19 Engine error 125x: Sub-tank supply error
<Description>x: 0= No. 1 head (Bk), 1= No. 2 head (Lm)....,5= No. 6 head (Lc).
The sub-tank sensor does not turn to less than half even though the ink is consumed.
This error is checked at ink supply.
<Defective modules>(1) Sub tank sensor: Half, Full
(2) Sub-tank sensor relay cable (L/R), Sub-tank sensor cable (L/R)
(3) IPB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) When the sub-tank is in full state, enter to the maintenance mode using the cancel-shift
powering on described in “5.9 Special Power-On Procedure.”
Enter to the pump solenoid 1.2 from the actuator menu and cut the outside air by turning
it OFF.
Enter to the pump motor and discharge the ink of the sub-tank by driving the pump
motor forward.
Check whether the ink supply motor drives by turning the power on again when the ink
is little.
If the motor is not driven, replace the corresponded cable, ink supply motor unit.
(2) Check whether the sensor plate of the sub-tank sensor works correctly.
Check whether no foreign material that is blocking the sensor action is not caught in the
cantilever.
(3) Enter to the maintenance mode using the cancel-shift powering on described in “5.9
Special Power-On Procedure.”
Enter to the sub-tank sensor ink supply x (s= 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) from the monitor menu.
Check whether there is a response of the sensor for display of black/white part by
rotating the corresponded gear manually.
If there is not response, replace the sensor.
(4) Replace the ink supply sensor cable.
(5) Replace the IPB1 board.
5-32
5.5.2.20 Engine error 126x: FFC cable connection error
<Description>The FFC cables connected to the CN9, CN10, CN11, AND CN12 are defecting.
(x: 0= CN9, 1= CN10, 2= CN11, 3= CN12)
Four FFC (carridge cables) to the carridge are disconnected.
When either side of four FFC is floated, the floating sensor lines assigned to both sides are
opened and the error is generated.
This error is checked during print.
<Defective modules>(1) Carriage cable
(2) IPB1 board
(3) ICB1 board
<Measure to be taken>(1) Insert the carriage cable again. (ICB1 side and IPB1 side)
(2) Check whether there is no damage on the carriage cable.
(3) If the error still persists, replace the ICB1 board.
(4) If the error still persists, replace the IPB1 board.
5-33
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.5.2.21 Engine error 1700x: Servo error
<Description>An error occurs in the servo task. The X motor or Y motor move the carriage, but the input
from the linear encorder does not change.
Or no interrupt occurs from the PWM gate array.
This error is checked at operation of the X motor or Y motor.
<Defective modules>(1) X motor
(2) Y motor
(3) DC motor cable ASSY
(4) Motor encorder cable ASSY
(5) IPB1 board
(6) Grid roller gears
(7) Carriage gears
(8) Linear scale (T-fence)
(9) Linear encorder
(10) ICB1 board
(11) CARRIAGE CABLE (CN10)
<Measure to be taken>(1) Check whether there is no jam.
(2) Check whether CN14 and CN17 on the IPB1 board are connected correctly.
(3) Check whether the carriage cable (FFC to be connected to CN10) is connected to the
IPB1 and the ICB1 boards correctly.
(4) Check whether the linear encorder on the ICB1 board is attached correctly.
(5) Check whether there is no scratch or no stain on the linear scale.
(6) Check whether the grid roller gears work correctly.
(7) Check whether the carriage gears work correctly.
(8) Replace the IPB1 board.
(9) Replace the X motor or Y motor.
5-34
5.5.3 System errors
An unrecoverable system exception interrupt occurs in the engine.
The error codes are listed below.
<Measure to be taken>Ask the user about the situation of error occurrence, replace the WEC board or engine F/W.
F_es : nnnnPOWER OFF/ON
noitpircsedrorrE yalpsidetatsrorrE
noitpecxeedocnoitarepO 1000:se_F
noitpecxelagellitolS 2000:se_F
noitpecxesserddA 3000:se_F
rorreAMD 4000:se_F
)rorregoDhctaW(ecnerruccoIMN 5000:se_F
nnnn: Error code
5-35
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.6 Engine F/W composition and Version Up
5.6.1 Engine F/W Composition
The engine F/W includes two types of programs: boot and engine control programs
- Boot program: Performs power-on boot processing and engine self-diagnosis.
- Engine control program: Controls the engine components and carries out printing and
error processing.
Combination between engine firmware IC cards for maintenance service and engine boards
are shown in the following table. (See table.)
5.6.2 Engine F/W Version UP
(1) Boot program version up
1. Turn the power off.
2. Remove the masking plate on the front cover.
3. For PCB-ASSY-IPB1 board, set bit1 of SW10 to ON and bit2 to OFF.
4. Install the boot program IC card in the IC card socket on the IPB1 board.
5. Turn the power on.
6. When LED 1 and 3 light on the IPB1 board, writing ends.
7. Turn the power off.
(Push POWER switch on the operation panel for approximately 5 seconds and release it.)
8. For PCB-ASSY-IPB1 board, set bit1 of SW10 to OFF and bit2 to ON.
9. Reinstall the masking plate on the front cover.
0066-PI
margorptooB retalro01.1.reV
margorpmetsyS 20.1.reV retalro
draC-CIdrac-1
.margorpmetsysdnatoobsedulcnihcihwdracCIenO
BPI )krow(seY
5-36
The errors that may be displayed during boot program version up are listed below.
(2) Engine control program version up
1. Turn the power off.
2. Remove the masking plate on the front cover.
3. For PCB-ASS-IPB1 board, set bit 1 of SW10 to ON and bit 2 to OFF.
(Normally, this is the default, so this step can be omitted.)
4. Install the boot program IC card in the IC card socket on the IPB1 board.
5. Turn the power on.
6. When the engine control program is written, the following is displayed.
Operation panel LCD display:
"Erase.." -> "Copy.." -> "Copy End" (Writing end)
IPB1 board LED display:
All LEDs off -> LEDs 1, 3, 5, 6, 8 AND 10 light. (delete) -> Only LED 4 lights.
(Writing end)
7. Turn the power off.
8. Reinstall the masking plate on the front cover.
The errors that may be displayed during engine control program version up are listed below.
noitpircsedrorrE dohtemyalpsiD erusaeM
noitpecxeUPCgnirudsrucco
.gnitirwmargorp
:noitcurtsnilagellilareneG-.draob1BPIehtnosthgil1DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL
:noitcurtsnilagellitolS-.draob1BPIehtnosthgil3DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL
:rorresserddaUPC-1BPIehtnothgil3dna1sDELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL
.draob:rorresserddaCAMD-
.draob1BPIehtnosthgil5sDELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL:INM-
1BPIehtnothgil5dna1sDELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL.draob
rehtonallatsnICImargorptoob
.dracmargorpehtfI
,krowtonseod1BPIehtecalper
.draob
noitpircsedrorrE dohtemyalpsiD erusaeM
CIdilavninA.dellatsnisidrac
draCCIlagellI:DCLffo:41dna,21,01,8,6,5,3,1sDEL
tcerrocallatsnIlortnocenigne
.dracCImargorp
noitpecxeUPCgnirudsrucco
.gnitirwmargorp
:noitcurtsnilagellilareneG-.draob1BPIehtnosthgil1DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL
:noitcurtsnilagellitolS-.draob1BPIehtnosthgil3DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL
:rorresserddaUPC-1BPIehtnothgil3dna1DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL
.draob:rorresserddaCAMD-
.draob1BPIehtnosthgil5DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL:INM-
1BPIehtnothgil5dna1DELdnahsalf41dna,21,01,8sDEL.draob
rehtonallatsnIlortnocenigne
.dracCImargorpseodmargorpehtfI
ecalper,krowton.draob1BPIeht
5-37
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.7 ASIC Program Composition and Version Up
5.7.1 ASIC Program Composition
The CPU writes programs stored into the flash memory to ATG, RSM, PTC, and PDD.
5.7.2 ASIC Program Version Up
1. Turn the power off.
2. Remove the masking plate on the front cover.
3. For PCB-ASSY-IPB1, set bit 1 of SW10 to ON and bit 2 to OFF.
4. Install the CFG card* in the IC card socket on the IPB1 board.
5. Turn the power ON.
6. When COPY 1 to 4 and on the operation panel and COPY END is displayed, writing ends.
7. Turn the power OFF.
8. For IPB1 board, set the bit 1 of SW10 to OFF and bit 2 to ON.
9. Reinstall the masking plate on the front cover.
*Combination between IPB1 board version and CFG card
draob1BPI dracGFC
)00313908000U(00noisreV )**493748000U()00-1BPI(dracGFC
)10313908000U(10noisreV )**504748000U()10-1BPI(dracGFC
Flash
memory
IPB1 board
CPU
ATG RSM PTC PDD
ICB1 board
5-38
5.8 Setting During Engine Board (IPB1) Replacement
(1) If the NVRAM is not defective (If only the engine board is defective)
<Operation>If the NVRAM on the current engine board can be installed on a new engine board, do as follow:
1. Remove the NVRAM on the current engine board and install it on a new engine board,
and replace the board with the new one.
- Rewrite the engine F/W if necessary.
2. Start the printer.
3. Do as follows on the operation panel from the SYSTEM menu in the engine maintenance
mode:
- SAVE SETTING: Save the contents of the NVRAM in the factory setting area of the
flash memory.
- SAVE NVRAM: Save the contents of the NVRAM in the backup area of the flash
memory.
See “3.5 System Information Management” for a flow and management of system information of
the NVRAM and flash memory by the print engine.
<Procedure>
Start
Install a NVRAM into a new engine
board.
Do as follows on the operation panel in SYSTEM
menu of the engine maintenance mode:
• SAVE SETTING
• SAVE NVRAM
Turn the printer on.
End
5-39
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
(2) If the NVRAM fails and is replaced (Only the NVRAM is defective)
<Operation>If a new NVRAM is installed on the current engine board, do as follows:
1. Install the new NVRAM on the current engine board.
- Rewrite engine F/W if necessary.
2. Skip the POC and start the printer.
- Press the key and the power switch on the operation panel at the same time to skip
the POC and start the printer.
- The language on the operation panel is shown in English because the printer turns on in
NVRAM error with the uninitialized NVRAM.
3. Do as follows on the operation panel from the SYSTEM menu in the engine maintenance
mode:
- NVRAM INIT: Initialize the NVRAM.
- RESTORE NVRAM: Restore the contents of the backup area of the flash memory to the
NVRAM.
4. Turn the power OFF and ON again to restart.
End
Start
Install a new NVRAM to the
current engine board.
Turn the power On by pressing the key
and the Power ON key.
(Skip the POC and start the printer.)
Do as follow on the operation panel from the
SYSTEM menu in the engine maintenance mode:
- NVRAM INIT
- RESTORE NVRAM
Turn the power OFF, and then turn the power
ON again.
<Procedure>
5-40
(3) If both the NVRAM and engine board are replaced (both are defective)
When both the NVRAM and engine board are replaced simultaneously, mechanical
correction value parameters, running distance, and so on are lost. Therefore, it must be
avoided. Although it depends on the degree of defect, try to perform step 1 or 2 above and
make use of the NVRAM data or the contents of the backup area of the flash memory.
If the engine system data cannot be used, do as follows:
<Operation>1. Install a new engine board.
- Rewrite engine F/W if necessary
2. Skip the POC and start the printer.
- Press the key and the power switch on the operation panel at the same time to skip
the POC and start the printer.
- The language on the operation panel is shown in English because the printer turns on in
NVRAM error with the uninitialized NVRAM.
3. Do as follows on the operation panel from the SYSTEM menu in the maintenance mode:
- NVRAM INIT: Initialize the NVRAM.
4. Do as follows on the operation panel from the SYSTEM menu in the maintenance mode:
- SYSTEM DATE : Set a date (year, month, day) .
- SYSTEM TIME : Set a time (hour, minute, second).
- SERIAL NO. : Set a serial number of the printer.
5. Turn the power OFF and ON again with error recovery skip to restart.
- Press the key and the key and the power switch on the operation panel at
the same time to skip the error recovery and start the printer.
6. Do as follows on the operation panel from the MEC.ADJ menu in the maintenance mode:
- EDGE SENSOR ADJ: Register the platen’s maximum value read by the edge sensor to the
NVRAM automatically.
7. Turn the power OFF and ON again to restart.
8. Input correction values for the mechanical adjustment and head adjustment to the printer.
<If a record remains>If a record of the mechanical adjustment parameters for the print engine remains, input
correction values for mechanical and head adjustment with no adjustment.
<If a record does not remain>
Do mechanical adjustment, and then input correction values.
5-41
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
Start<Procedure>
Install a new engine board.
Turn the power ON by pressing the key
and the Power ON key.
(Skip the POC and start the printer.)
Do as follows on the operation panel from the
SYSTEM menu in the engine maintenance mode:
- NVRAM INIT
<Correction values related to mechanical adjustment and head adjustment>
- Cap Position Correction : See 7.7.
- Wiping Position Correction : See 7.6.
- Head Drive Voltage Setting : See 7.10.
- Head Position Correction : See 7.12.
- Bi-direction Print Position Correction : See 7.13.
- Paper Feed Amount Correction : See 7.14.
- Side Margin Position Correction : See 7.15.
- Top Margin Position Correction : See 7.16.
- Bottom Margin Position Correction : See 7.16.
9. Do as follows on the operation panel from the H.MNTE menu in the maintenance mode:
- AUTO CLEANING : Set to “ON”.
- INK CHARGE MODE : Set to “FINISHED”.
10.Do as folloes on the operation panel from the SYSTEM menu in the maintenance mode:
- SAVE SETTING: Save contents of the NVRAM to the factory setting area of the flash
memory.
- SAVE NVRAM: Save contents of the NVRAM to the backup area of the flash memory.
11.Turn the power OFF, and then turn the power ON to restart the printer.
Do as follows on the operation panel from the
SYSTEM menu in the engine maintenance mode:
- SYSTEM DATE : Set a date
- SYSTEM TIME : Set a time
- SERIAL NO. : Set a serial number.
5-42
Turn the power OFF, and then turn the power by
pressing the key, key, and
Power ON key.
(Skip the error recovery and start the printer.)
Do as follows on the operation panel from the
MADJUST menu in the engine maintenance mode:
- EDGE SENS ADJ
Turn the power OFF, and then turn the power ON
again.
Input correction values for the mechanical adjustment and
head adjustment to the printer.
- If a record remains in the printer, only input parameters.
- If a record does not remain in the printer, adjust again.
Do as follows on the operation panel from the H. MAINT
menu in the engine maintenance mode:
- AUTO CLEANING : Set to “ON”.
- INK CHARGE MODE : Set to “FINISHED”.
Do as follows on the operation panel from the SYSTEM
menu in the engine maintenance mode:
- SAVE SETTING
- SAVE NVRAM
Turn the power OFF, and then turn the power ON
again.
End
5-43
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.9 Special Power-On Procedure
The printer starts according to the normal sequence by turning ON the power switch on the
operation panel.
The following power-on sequence can be used for troubleshooting or special operation.
(1) Power On
Skip the POC of the engine.
The printer can be started by the following procedure without performing the engine POC.
- Press the key and the power switch on the operation panel at the same time.
It is useful to change menu setting when a POC error occurs.
Keep pressing the key until “INITIALIZING” is displayed on the operation panel.
(2) , Power On
Skip the error recovery of the engine.
The printer can be started by the following procedure without performing the error recovery of
the engine.
1. Press the key, the key, and the power switch on the operation panel at the
same time.
2. The printer starts without performing the error recovery and the password input
display appears. (When an error engine error exists, the engine error message is displayed.
However, go step 3.)
3. Put a password (Press the , , , and keys). Top menu of the engine
maintenance mode appears.
There is a case that the Err message is displayed continuously without entering the engine
maintenance mode. In that case, go forward with any keys.
Operations after skipping the error recovery differ from the operations for normal starting by
pressing the power switch in the following points:
(1) The printer works in the engine maintenance mode.
(2) The printer requires no recovery operation for errors (i.e. no paper). Panel operation is
available. However, close the rear cover at rear cover open error.
(3) The printer leaves the menu without performing the adjust pattern print.
(4) The printer leaves the menu without performing the cleaning.
Skipping the error recovery of the engine are useful for the following cases:
(1) Ink draining without paper setting
Ink drawing can be performed without paper setting at reinstallation of the printer. At
normal starting of the printer, the operation panel cannot be operated without paper setting.
(2) Recovery of the damaged NVRAM
When the NVRAM is damaged and an engine error occurs during operation, the damaged
NVRAM can be recovered in the engine maintenance mode on the operation panel.
5-44
5.10 Countermeasures for No Error Message
(1)When no error message appears on the operation panel.
Run the Booting program to display “Booting” on the operation panel.
If “Booting” does not appear on the operation panel, do the followings:
- Check whether the operation panel works correctly.
- Write Boot program.
- Replace the IPB1 board.
- Write ASIC program.
(2)When the printer displays “Booting” on the operation panel, but freezes action.
The Boot program performs H/W POC after displaying “Booting” on the operation panel, and
then copies the SYSTEM program to the SRAM.
If the printer freezes action after displaying “Booting” on the operation panel, do the
followings:
- Rewrite the SYSTEM program.
- Start the printer after removing the WIM1 board. If the problem is fixed, replace the WIM1
board.
- Write ASIC program.
5-45
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
MA
RG
OR
PD
EL,01
,8,6
,5,3
,1()41
,21
DEL
)31,11
,9,7
,4,2(
rewop
CD
FF
O/N
Ognissecorp
W/F
yalpsidlenapnoitarep
O)I
SC
S(yalpsidlenap
noitarepO
)rorreC
OP
ta(
NOlla
NO
4,2D
ELN
OV
5+
margorpT
OO
B
NO
7D
EL+
V21
+
NO
V42
+N
OV
63+
FF
OV
63+
FF
OV
42+
nomargorp
tooB
tratS
.yrome
mhsalf
eht
kcolretniyb
kcehcW/
H.
CO
Pdna
hciws
.C
OP
ybkcehc
rewo
P.
CO
Pyb
kcehcre
woP
.C
OP
ybkcehc
rewo
P.
CO
Pyb
kcehcre
woP
ehtgniypoc
retfap
muJeht
otmargorp
ME
TS
YS
.M
AR
S
gnitooB
gnitooB
margorpM
ET
SY
SF
FOlla
tiL:1
DEL
tiltnia
F:41
DEL
NO
31,11,9D
EL+
NO
V42
+N
OV
63+
.paceht
gninepotrat
SG
NIZIL
AITI
NIT
NE
MO
MA
TIA
W
xxxxE
)erehpot
S(
5-46
5.11 System Information Setting Operation After Head Replacement
Perform the following operations after replacing the head to store system information.
(1) Perform the followings in system menu of engine maintenance mode on the operation panel.
- SAVE SETTING:
Store NVRAM contents to the initial value setting area of the flash memory.
- SAVE NVRAM:
Store NVRAM contents to the backup area of the flash memory.
<Procedure>
Start
Do as follows on the operation panel in SYSTEM
menu of the engine maintenance mode :
• SAVE SETTING
• SANE NVRAM
End
5-47
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
5.12 Heater Errors
Heater errors show an abnormality is occurred in the heater block.
Ask the customer to restart the printer again first.
If an error cannot be removed, ask the customer to contact our service centers.
Get error generation time, error frequency, operation right before error, and operation
temperature information from the customer.
Take the follow measures when an engine error is occurred.
1. When the defective part is defined by the error, replace the specified module.
2. When multiple defective parts are defined by the error, define the single defective part. Even
when the heater error is occurred, the printer can be operated ?????.
stnetnocrorrEyalpsidetatsrorrE
)2DCL:rewoL,1DCL:reppU(
ytilamronba)lenapretaeh(draobPCHxx-10H
rorremetsyS
dnadraobPCHneewtebytilamronbanoitcennoCdraobYLR
20HrorredraobyaleR
tnorfehtfoytilamronbaerutarepmetdetceteDroC°01-(rotsimrehtrotcetederutarepmetretaeh
)eromroC°07,ssel
F30HrorreerutarepmetretaeH
raerehtfoytilamronbaerutarepmetdetceteDroC°01-(rotsimrehtrotcetederutarepmetretaeh
)eromroC°07,ssel
R40HrorreerutarepmetretaeH
tnirpehtfoytilamronbaerutarepmetdetceteDroC°01-(rotsimrehtrotcetederutarepmetretaeh
)eromroC°07,ssel
P50HrorreerutarepmetretaeH
hcaertonseodretaehtnorfehtfoerutarepmetehTsetunim51retfaneveerutarepmetteserpehtot
dessap
F60HrorretuoemitretaeH
hcaertonseodretaehtnorfehtfoerutarepmetehTsetunim51retfaneveerutarepmetteserpehtot
dessapretaehraer
R70HrorretuoemitretaeH
hcaertonseodretaehtnorfehtfoerutarepmetehTsetunim51retfaneveerutarepmetteserpehtot
dessapretaehtnirp
P80HrorretuoemitretaeH
lenapnoitarepoehtnoderruccosahrorrenAGAIDnitsethctiws
90HrorrehctiwslenapnoitarepO
nitsetyalerCAehtnoderruccosahrorrenAGAID
01HorressorcoreZ
5-48
5.12.1 Heater error H01: System error
<Description>This shows operational abnormality of HCP board.
This shows an error has occurred at hardware test of HCP board such as write/read test to the
built-in memory, check sum test of the built-in flash memory, or check sum test of the serial
EEPROM.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
<Measures to be taken>1. Replace HCP board.
5.12.2 Heater error H02: Relay board error
<Description>This shows HCP board and RLY board are not connected together.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, and AC relay are
mounted.)
3. RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY
<Measures to be taken>1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to RLY board with RLY-B-CTL cable
ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, and AC
relay are mounted.)
4. Replace RLY-B-CYL cable ASSY.
5.12.3 Heater error H03: F heater temperature error.
<Description>Temperature read by F heater thermistor is abnormal. (-10 °C or less, 70 °C or more)
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Front paper guide (in which the front heater ASSY 64 is attacked)
3. THRM cable ASSY
5-49
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
<Measures to be taken>1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to F thermistor with THRM cable ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the front paper guide.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
5.12.4 Heater error H04: R heater temperature error
<Description>This shows temperature read from R heater thermistor is abnormal. (-10 °C or less, 70 °C or
more)
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Rear paper guide (in which the rear heater ASSY (64) is attacked)
3. THRM cable ASSY
<Measures to be taken>1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to R thermistor with THRM cable ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the rear paper guide.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
5.12.5 Heater error H05: P heater temperature error
<Description>This shows temperature read from P heater thermistor is abnormal. (-10 °C or less, 70 °C or
more)
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Platen (in which the platen heater ASSY (64) is attacked)
3. THRM cable ASSY
<Measures to be taken>1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to P heater thermistor with THRM cable
ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the platen.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
5-50
5.12.6 Heater error H06: F heater time out error
<Description>This shows the front heater temperature does not reach to the preset temperature even after
15 minutes passed.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, AC relay, and
voltage alternation switch ASSY are mounted.)
3. Front paper guide (in which the front heater ASSY (64) is attacked.)
4. THEM cable ASSY
5. RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY
6. F1 fuse on RLY board
<Measures 1 to be taken>When "+" is not displayed to "F" on the LCD of the heater panel (the electrical current
cannot be flown) even the preset temperature for "F" on the LCD of the heater panel is 2 °C
or more higher than the actual temperature.
1. Replace HCP board.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the rear paper guide.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
<Measures 2 to be taken>When the display temperature of the heater panel does not raise even "+" is displayed to "F"
on the LCD of the heater and F heater guide becomes hot.
1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to F thermistor with THRM cable ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the front paper guide.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
<Measures 3 to be taken>When F paper guide does not become hot and panel display temperature does not raise even
"+" is displayed to "F" on the LCD of the heater panel.
1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to RLY board with RLY-B-CTL cable
ASSY.
2. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to F heater with the voltage alternation
switch ASSY.
3. Replace HCP board.
5-51
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
4. Verify that F2 fuse (5ST10 made by BELFUSE) on RLY board is not broken. If that is
broken, Replace that.
When the fuse is broken, there is a possibility of malfunction on F heater (over current or
short circuit).
Verify that resistance between pins is matched to the values listed in the table below after
removing CN4 on RLY board.
If they are different from table values, replace the heater block ASSY.
If replacing the heater block ASSY is cannot solve the problem, replace the F paper
guide.
5. Replace the heater drive block ASSY.
6. Replace the front paper guide.
7. Replace RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY.
<Measures 4 to be taken>When time out error due to late temperature raise is occurred, even though "F" is displayed
to "F" on the LCD of the heater panel and the F paper guide becomes hot.
1. Verify that the voltage alternation switch located on the back of the heater drive ASSY is
preset to the AC voltage used.
2. Verify that resistance between pins is matched to the values listed in the table in
<Measure 3 to be taken> after removing CN4 on RLY board.
If they are different from table values, replace the heater block ASSY.
If replacing the heater block ASSY is cannot solve the problem, replace the F paper
guide.
4NC 4NC gnittesV021ta gnittesV042ta
nip1 nip3 M1 Ω eromro 03ot022 Ω
nip1 nip4 57ot55 Ω M1 Ω eromro
nip2 nip3 57ot55 Ω M1 Ω eromro
nip2 nip4 M1 Ω eromro M1 Ω eromro
egatlovCA gnitteshctiwS
V021ot001 021
V042ot022 042
5-52
5.12.7 Heater error H07: 7 R heater time out error
<Description>This shows the rear heater temperature does not reach to the preset temperature even after 15
minutes passed.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, AC relay, and
voltage alternation switch ASSY are mounted.)
3. Rear paper guide (in which the rear heater ASSY (64) is attacked.)
4. THEM cable ASSY
5. RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY
6. F2 fuse on RLY board
<Measures 1 to be taken>When "+" is not displayed to "R" on the LCD of the heater panel (the electrical current
cannot be flown) even the preset temperature for "R" on the LCD of the heater panel is 2 °C
or more higher than the actual temperature.
1. Replace HCP board.
<Measures 2 to be taken>When the display temperature of the heater panel does not raise even "+" is displayed to "R"
on the LCD of the heater and R heater guide becomes hot.
1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to R thermistor with THRM cable ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the rear paper guide.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
<Measures 3 to be taken>When the rear paper guide become hot and the display temperature on the panel does not
raise even though "+" is displayed to "R" on the LCD of the heater panel.
1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to RLY board with RLY-B-CTL cable
ASSY.
2. Verify that RLY board is connected correctly to R heater with the voltage alternation
switch ASSY.
3. Replace HCP board.
4. Verify that F2 fuse (5ST10 made by BELFUSE) on RLY board is not broken. If that is
broken, Replace that.
5-53
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
When the fuse is broken, there is a possibility of malfunction on R heater (over current or
short circuit).
Verify that resistance between pins is matched to the values listed in the table below after
removing CN5 on RLY board.
If they are different from table values, replace the heater block ASSY.
If replacing the heater block ASSY is cannot solve the problem, replace the R paper guide.
5. Replace the heater drive block ASSY.
6. Replace the rear paper guide.
7. Replace RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY.
<Measures 4 to be taken>
When time out error due to late temperature raise is occurred, even though "R" is displayed
to "R" on the LCD of the heater panel and the F paper guide becomes hot.
1. Verify that the voltage alternation switch located on the back of the heater drive ASSY is
preset to the AC voltage used.
2. Verify that resistance between pins is matched to the values listed in the table in
<Measure 3 to be taken> after removing CN5 on RLY board.
If they are different from table values, replace the heater block ASSY.
If replacing the heater block ASSY is cannot solve the problem, replace the R paper
guide.
4NC 4NC gnittesV021ta gnittesV042ta
nip1 nip3 M1 Ω eromro 002ot041 Ω
nip1 nip4 05ot53 Ω M1 Ω eromro
nip2 nip3 05ot53 Ω M1 Ω eromro
nip2 nip4 M1 Ω eromro M1 Ω eromro
egatlovCA gnitteshctiwS
V021ot001 021
V042ot022 042
5-54
5.12.8 Heater error H08: P heater time out error
<Description>This shows the print heater temperature does not reach to the preset temperature even after
15 minutes passed.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, AC relay, and
voltage alternation switch ASSY are mounted.)
3. Rear paper guide (in which the rear heater ASSY (64) is attacked.)
4. THEM cable ASSY
5. RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY
6. F3 fuse on RLY board
<Measures 1 to be taken>When "+" is not displayed to "P" on the LCD of the heater panel (the electrical current
cannot be flown) even the preset temperature for "P" on the LCD of the heater panel is 2 °C
or more higher than the actual temperature.
1. Replace HCP board.
<Measures 2 to be taken>When the display temperature of the heater panel does not raise even "+" is displayed to "P"
on the LCD of the heater and R heater guide becomes hot.
1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to P thermistor with THRM cable ASSY.
2. Replace HCP board.
3. Replace the platen.
4. Replace THRM cable ASSY.
<Measures 3 to be taken>When the rear paper guide become hot and the display temperature on the panel does not
raise even though "+" is displayed to "P" on the LCD of the heater panel.
1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to RLY board with RLY-B-CTL cable
ASSY.
2. Verify that RLY board is connected correctly to P heater with the voltage alternation
switch ASSY.
3. Replace HCP board.
4. Verify that F3 fuse (5ST10 made by BELFUSE) on RLY board is not broken. If that is
broken, Replace that.
5-55
Section 5 Troubleshooting (Engine and SCSI Controllers)
When the fuse is broken, there is a possibility of malfunction on P heater (over current or
short circuit).
Verify that resistance between pins is matched to the values listed in the table below after
removing CN6 on RLY board.
If they are different from table values, replace the heater block ASSY.
If replacing the heater block ASSY is cannot solve the problem, replace the platen.
5. Replace the heater drive block ASSY.
6. Replace the platen.
7. Replace RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY.
<Measures 4 to be taken>When time out error due to late temperature raise is occurred, even though "P" is displayed
to "P" on the LCD of the heater panel and the platen becomes hot.
1. Verify that the voltage alternation switch located on the back of the heater drive ASSY is
preset to the AC voltage used.
2. Verify that resistance between pins is matched to the values listed in the table in
<Measure 3 to be taken> after removing CN6 on RLY board.
If they are different from table values, replace the heater block ASSY.
If replacing the heater block ASSY is cannot solve the problem, replace the R paper
guide.
4NC 4NC gnittesV021ta gnittesV042ta
nip1 nip3 eromroΩM1 Ω08ot06
nip1 nip4 Ω05ot51 eromroΩM1
nip2 nip3 Ω05ot51 eromroΩM1
nip2 nip4 eromroΩM1 eromroΩM1
egatlovCA gnitteshctiwS
V021ot001 021
V042ot022 042
5-56
5.12.9 Heater error H09: Operation panel switch error
<Description>This error occurs if the specified switch is not pressed for 30 seconds or more when the
diagnostics that verifies switch action is executed.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
<Measures to be taken>1. Though the switch is pressed, when it cannot be accepted, replace HCP board.
5.12.10 Heater error H10: Zero cross error
<Description>This error occurs when the diagnostics for the AC relay is executed.
The HCP board verifies that RLY board generates the zero cross signal when the AC relay is
set to ON/OFF.
<Defective module>1. HCP board
2. Heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, AC relay, and
voltage alternation switch ASSY are mounted.)
3. RLY-CTL relay cable ASSY
4. RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY
<Measures to be taken>1. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to the relays on the heater block ASSY
with RLY-CTL relay cable ASSY and RLY-CTL cable ASSY.
2. Verify that HCP board is connected correctly to RLY board with RLY-B-CTL cable
ASSY.
3. Replace HCP board.
4. Heater drive block ASSY (The tray in which a breaker, RLY board, AC relay, and
voltage alternation switch ASSY are mounted.)
5. Replace RLY-CTL relay cable ASSY.
6. Replace RLY-B-CTL cable ASSY.
6-1
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
This section describes disassembly and reassembly procedures for replacing printer
components.
6.1 Reading This Section
6.1.1 Disassembly/Reassembly Procedure
The following rules must be obeyed for parts replacement (disassembly/reassembly)
procedures.
- Observe the installed components before starting disassembly. This can
facilitate reassembly after parts replacement.
<Removal>: Indicates a disassembly procedure.
Note that some detailed procedures are shown in illustrations.
The numbers in parentheses show the number of screws or connectors to be
removed.
<Installation>: Indicates a reassembly procedure. Only notes are described because
components are installed in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE
6-2
6.2 Names of Parts
6.2.1 Names of parts and layout
The names of maintenance parts of this printer are shown in Table 6-1 to 6-14.
For disassemble or assemble procedures, See 6.3 Maintenance Parts Disassembly and
Reassembly according to refer to column in the table.
(1) Y rail cover
(2) Top cover (Left)
(3) Top cover (Right)
(4) Side cover (Left)
(5) Side cover (Right)
(6) Sub ink tank cover (Left)
(7) Sub ink tank cover (Right)
(8) Ink cassette cover (Front left)
(9) Ink cassette cover (Front right)
(10) Paper guide (Front)
(11) Ink cassette cover (Rear left)
(12) Ink cassette cover (Rear right)
(13) Rear acrylic cover
(14) Paper guide (Rear)
(15) Front cover (Center)
(16) Front cover (Right)
(17) Front cover (Left)
(18) Side bottom cover (Left)
(19) Side bottom cover (Right)
(20) Ink cassette cover (Left)
(21) Ink cassette cover (Right)
(22) Ink cassette side cover (Left)
(23) Ink cassette side cover (Right)
(24) Cap cover
(25) Wiper cover
(1)(2)
(3)
(14)
(11)
(13)
(4)
(15)
(1)(2)
(3)
(17)(16)
(7)
(6)
(5)
(15)(10)
(4)
(8)(12)
(5)
Figure 6-1 Cover Names and Layout
(20)
(9)(21)
(23)
(19)
(24)
(25)
(18)
(22)
6-3
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
Cover
Table 6-1 Maintenance part names (Cover)
Foot assembly
Table 6-2 Maintenance parts names (Foot assembly)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 HCTIWSORCIM 00565075000U 1.1.3.6
2 )W/F(HCTIWSORCIM 00675075000U 2.1.3.6
3 YSSAROSNESOTOHP 00744548000U 4.1.3.6
4 REVOCEGDIRTRAC 00389148000U
5 IISYSSALENAP 00634854000U 5.1.3.6
6 HCTIWSRREVOCEGDIRTRAC 00145064000U
7 46ELBACLENAP 00718097000U
8 BONK 00321558000U
9 YSSA46ELBACKCOLRETNI 00258097000U 3.1.3.6
01 YSSALENAPRETAEH 00160958000U 6.1.3.6
11 ELBACLENAPRETAEH 00628887000U
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 RETSAC 00378834000U
2 2HCTIWSORCIM 00145064000U
Y drive unit
Table 6-3 Maintenance parts names (Y drive unit)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 YSSAROTOMEGAIRRAC 00165458000U 2.2.3.6
2 TLEBSUONORHCNYS 00072558000U 3.2.3.6
3 YSSAYELLUPELBUOD 00853558000U 3.2.3.6
4 YSSAROSNESOTOHP 00744548000U 1.2.3.6
5 ECNEFT 00122168000U 9.2.3.6
6 )46(TLEBLEETS 00138458000U 4.2.3.6
7 YSSAYELLUPNEVIRD 00223168000U 5.2.3.6
8 TINUTEKCARBERUSSERP 00880558000U 6.2.3.6
9 )46(YSSAELBACROTOMCD 00597097000U
01 46ELBACEGAIRRAC 00377037000U 9.2.3.6
11 PACWERCS 00071658000U
21 B46GNIRPSERUSSERP 00194168000U )7.2.3.6(
31 A46GNIRPSERUSSERP 00205158000U )7.2.3.6(
41 RELLORERUSSERP 00863278000U 7.2.3.6
6-4
X drive unit
Table 6-4 Maintenance parts names (X drive unit)
Power unit
Table 6-5 Maintenance parts names (Power unit)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 TLEBNOITCUDERDEEPS 00283558000U 1.3.3.6
2 YSSAROSNESREPAP 00735458000U)tnorF(3.3.3.6)raeR(4.3.3.6
3 YSSANAFMUUCAV 00625458000U 2.3.3.6
4 YSSAROTOMDEEFREPAP 00275458000U 1.3.3.6
5 )46(YSSAELBACREDOCNEROTOM 00588097000U
6 YSSA)46(EDIUGREPAP 00270958000U
7 YSSA)46(NETALP 00490958000U
8 YSSA)46(REDIUGREPAP 00380958000U
9 YLLUPEVIRDX 00513658000U )1.3.3.6(
01 )46(DRAUGEGDEAIDEM 00892078000U
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 YLPPUSREWOP 00402587000U 2.4.3.6
2 1BPI-YSSA-BCP **313908000U 3.4.3.6
3 1MIW-YSSA-BCP **199262000U 3.4.3.6
4 2DDV-YSSA-BCP *1310362000U 3.4.3.6
5 )46(YSSAELBACKNATKNIETSAW 00608097000U -
6 )BPI(ESUF 00776363000U -
7 )1MIW(ESUF 2030-00273
8 )MARVN(CI 00619968000U
9 YLR-YSSA-BCP 00217687000U 4.4.3.6
01 )RETAEH(ESUF 00621597000U
6-5
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
Carriage head unit
Fig. 6-6 Maintenance parts names (Carriage head unit)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 YSSAROSNESEGDE 00515458000U 2.5.3.6
2 1BCI-YSSA-BCP **788018000U 3.5.3.6
3 46ELBACDAEH 00750038000U 1.5.3.6
4 GNIRPSNOISSERPMOC 00054558000U
5 DRAOBERUSSERP 00375558000U
6 YSSADAEH 00805318000U 4.5.3.6
7 YSSAREDOCNERAENIL 00845458000U 5.5.3.6
8 YSSAREPMUDRIA 00617248000U
9 NAFGNILOOC 00082548000U 4.5.3.6
Wiping head unit
Table 6-7 Maintenance parts names (Wiping head unit)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 )46(TINUGNIPIW 00417248000U 1.6.3.6
2 TINU)46REPIW(RENAELC 00084078000U 2.6.3.6
3 )46REBBURREPIW(EDALB 00167348000U 3.6.3.6
4 YSSA)REPIW(ROTOM 00048663000U 4.6.3.6
5 YSSA)REPIW(HCTIWS 00589663000U 5.6.3.6
6 )REPIW(TLEB 00636663000U 6.6.3.6
Capping unit
Table 6-8 Maintenance parts names (Capping unit)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 )46(TINUGNIPPAC 00647148000U 1.7.3.6
2 YSSA)PAC(ROTOMCD 00625953000U 2.7.3.6
3 TLEB 00795263000U 3.7.3.6
4 RETIMILEUQROT 00420173000U 6.7.3.6
5 YSSA-PMUP 00178958000U 7.7.3.6
6 )PAC(TNIOJ 00733766000U 9.7.3.6
7 YSSA-PAC 00297148000U 5.7.3.6
8 DIONELOS 00003258000U 4.7.3.6
9 ECIFIRO 00327687000U
6-6
11
Ink cartridge unit
Table 6-9 Maintenance parts names (Ink cartridge unit)
Sub tank unit
Table 6-10 Maintenance parts names (Sub tank unit)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 YSSALEGDIRTRACKNI 00748148000U 1.8.3.6
2 YSSAREGDIRTRACKNI 00610248000U 1.8.3.6
3 2KNI-YSSA-BCP 00387087000U 2.8.3.6
4 )aS(YSSARETLIF 00120467000U 1.8.3.6
5 46ELBACREGDIRTRACKNI 00368097000U 1.8.3.6
6 46ELBACLEGDIRTRACKNI 00478097000U 1.8.3.6
7 YSSAPMUPYLPPUS 00371148000U
8 TINUPMUP 00481148000U
9 )ROTOMPS(YSSAROTOM 00306078000U 1.8.3.6
01 )XOB-KNI(TEEHS 00695748000U
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 TINUKNATBUS 00261148000U 1.9.3.6
2 DAPKNI 00456938000U 1.9.3.6
3 YSSAROSNESLLUF 00073278000U 1.9.3.6
4 YSSAROSNESFLAH 00854548000U 1.9.3.6
Heater
Table 6-11 Maintenance parts names (Heater)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 EDIUGREPAP 00261148000U 1.01.3.6
2 YSSANETALP 00854548000U 2.01.3.6
6-7
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
rebmuN emantraP otrefeR
1 YSSAHCTIWSPULLOR
2 RAEGTIMIL
3 REPEEKINIM
4 GNIRPSTIMIL
5 ETALPNOITCELFER
6 ROSNESOTOHPORCIM
7 YSSAROTOMDERAEG
8 REPEEKINIM
9 BONK
01 YSSAROSNESREVEL
11 ARELLORNOISNET
21 BRELLORNOISNET
31 CRELLORNOISNET
41 DRELLORNOISNET
Winder unit
Table 6-12 Maintenance parts names (Winder unit)
Cables
Table 6-13 Maintenance parts names (cables)
Jigs
Table 6-14 Maintenance parts names (Jigs)
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 )H6-DVL(YSSAELBACISCS 00775472000U
rebmuN emantraP edoctraP otrefeR
1 EGUAGTHGIEHDAEH 00774158000U
2 GIJTSUJDADAEH 00515548000U
3 EGUAGTHGIEHPAC 00531748000U
4 GIJGNIREFSNARTGNITARAPES -
5 DRACW/FENIGNE **305178000U
6-8
6.3 Maintenance Parts Disassembly and Reassembly
Reassembly procedures are not described in most cases. Reassemble parts in the reverse
order of disassembly. If the replacement procedure is the same, a section to be referred to is
shown.
- Before starting maintenance, turn the power
switch OFF and remove the power cable from
the outlet.
- If ink sticks to an electrical part and an electrically conductive foreign matter
attaches to the ink, it may cause fire, though ink itself is not conductive. If
ink sticks to electrical or other components, wipe it off with cleaning paper.
For information on adjustment procedures, see Section 8, Adjustment.
WARNING
CAUTION
6-9
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
gniwarD emaN noitaiverbbA esU
wercsgnidnibdessecerssorC)revlis(
ZS8x4KBCAS6x4KBCZS8x5KBC
.srevocxiF
enihcampucnapdessecerssorC)dlog(wercs
ZS8x4KUCCZS5x4KUCC
ZS02x3KUCC
,stnenopmoctsomxiFtinuevirdsahcus
.nafdna,stnenopmoc
htiwwercsenihcamdessecerssorC)dlog(rehsaw
ZS6x3KSKUC .sdraobxiF
wercsdaeh-napdessecerssorC)dlog(
ZS8x4KUCZS8x2KUC
.srosnesdnasrotomxiF
)tniapkcalb(tlobtekcosnogaxeH ZS02x3BA
)dlog(tlobtekcosnogaxeH BS8x4BA
gnirE OU01RE
Screws and E rings used for the printer
Common parts (screws, etc.) used for disassembly and replacement are shown below.
Number: CBK 3 x 6 S N
Shape Screw diameter Material
Screw length Surface treatment
The abbreviation and use columns show typical screws. For information on types of screws
used for each part, see the replacement procedures in the following sections.
Screws and E rings are based on
ISO standard (metric). Use
metric tools.
6-10
6.3.1 Covers and foot assembly
6.3.1.1 Ink cartridge cover (right) switch assembly
(Ink cassette cover (front right))
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), (3) top cover (right), (7) ink cassette cover
(front right), (19) side bottom cover (right), (21) ink cassette cover (right), and(23) ink cassette side cover (right).
2. Remove the ink cassette cover (right) switch assembly attached to (7) ink
cassette cover (front right).
Notes for remove of covers
Ink cassette cover
Switch
Switches are affixed to covers. Use care for snapping of a wire.
NOTE
6-11
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
Switch
Ink cassette cover
Switches are affixed to covers. Use care for snapping of a wire.
Notes for remove of coversNOTE
6.3.1.2 Ink cartridge cover (left) switch assembly
(Ink cassette cover (front left))
<Removal>
1. Remove the (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), (6) ink cassette cover (front
left), (18) side bottom cover (left), (20) ink cassette cover (left), and (22) inkcassette side cover (left).
2. Remove the cassette cover (left) switch assembly attached to (6) ink cassette
cover (front left).
6-12
6.3.1.3 Interlock Cable 64
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), (3) top cover (right), (10) ink cover (rear
right), (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), and (9) ink cover (rear left).
2. Remove the screw holding the interlock microswitch and remove the Interlock
Cable 64.
Interlock Cable 64 Interlock Cable 64
Green: 36V interlock switch
Red: F/W interlock switch
NOTE
The brackect located the inside of the Interlock Cable 64 drops by removing the
screws holding the micro switch.
6-13
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.1.4 Photo sensor assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the (8) paper guide (F).
2. Lower the lever and remove the photo sensor assembly.
Notes for replacement
1. Take care to prevent damage to the sensor unit.
2. When mounting (8) paper guide F, check whether latches around the grid
roller are in the specified positions.
Photo sensor
assembly
NOTE
6-14
6.3.1.5 Operation panel assembly, panel cable
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), (3) top cover (right), and (9) ink cassette
cover (front right), (19) side bottom cover (right), and (20) ink cassette cover(left).
2. Remove the panel assembly.
Operation panel
assembly
Remove
Loosen
(Fixed with ground wire)
Remove
Loosen
Notes for replacement
1. When replacing the panel cable, put the ferrite core to the new panel cable.
NOTE
6.3.1.6 Heater panel assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), and (6) sub ink tank cover (left).
2. Remove all cables.
3. Remove the heater panel assembly.
Heater panel assembly
6-15
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.2 Y drive unit
6.3.2.1 Photo sensor assembly
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wipe side.
2. Remove the (5) side cover (right).
3. Remove the (3) top cover (right).
4. Remove the photo sensor assembly.
6.3.2.2 Carriage motor assembly, Bearing (DE-46562)
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), and (3) top cover (right) .
2. Remove the screw holding the motor bracket and loosen the synchronizing belt
tension.
3. Remove the carriage motor assembly.
Control items for replacement
1. Synchronizing belt tension: 41 N±2 N (4.18 kgf±0.2 kgf)
2. Synchronizing belt grease application: Tau Cosing Asia EM-60L
4. Replace the bearing (DE-46562).
Photo sensor assembly
NOTE
After replacing the photo sensor, check the capping position and adjust it according to
Section 7.5, Capping Position Adjustment.
Synchronizing belt
Carriage motor
assembly
Mounting of "Carriage motor assembly"
Bearing (DE-46562)
Motor bracket
Motor
Hit the opposite side of the screw on the drive pully to
the bearing and secure two screws.
(screw torque: 14 kg fcm, 137.34 N-cm)
6-16
6.3.2.3 Two-step pulley assembly, synchronizing belt
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), and (3) top cover (right) .
2. Loosen the screw holding the driven pulley assembly (6.3.2.5) and loosen the
steel belt tension.
3. Remove the screw (carriage unit) holding the steel belt and loosen the steel
belt.
4. Loosen the screw holding the motor bracket and loosen the synchronizing belt
tension.
5. Remove the two-step pulley assembly.
6. Remove the caridge motor assembly (see Section 6.3.2.2) and remove the
synchronizing belt.
Control items for replacement
1. Synchronizing belt tension: 41 N ± 2 N (4.18 kgf±0.2 kgf)
2. Synchronizing belt grease application: Tau Cosing Asia EM-60L
3. Steel belt tension : 1.5N±0.1N (0.15 kgf±0.01 kgf)
=> Section 7, Adjustment
Two-step pulley
assemblySynchronizing belt
Steel belt
6-17
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.2.4 Steel belt (64)
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), (4) side cover (left), (3) top cover (right), (2)
top cover (left), (9) ink cassette cover (front right), (12) ink cassette cover (rear
right), (8) ink cassette cover (front left), and (11) ink cassette cover (rear left).
2. Loosen the two screws holding the driven pulley (see Section 6.3.2.5.) and
loosen the steel belt (64) tension.
3. Remove the screws holding the steel belt
(64) at the right and left sides of the
carriage assembly and remove the steel
belt (64) through the hole in the Y rail.
NOTEInstall the steel belt in the reverse order of removal. When the steel belt (64) is
inserted into the hole in the Y rail, its end should be taped to a metal scale to facilitate
the work. Steel belt (64) tension: 1.5N±0.1N (0.15 kgf±0.01 kgf)
=> Section 7, Adjustment
Steel belt (64) Screw holding the steel belt (64) (left)
6-18
6.3.2.5 Driven pulley assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), (6) ink cassette cover (front
left), and (9) ink cassette cover (rear left).
2. Loosen the two screws holding the driven pulley assembly and loosen the steel
belt tension.
3. Remove the driven pulley assembly.
Driven pulley assembly
Screw
Screw
Control items for replacement
1. Steel belt (64) tension : 1.5N±0.1N (0.15 kgf±0.01 kgf)
=> Section 7, Adjustment
6-19
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.2.6 Pressure bracket assembly
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wipe side.
2. Remove the eight covers (top covers, side covers, and ink cassette covers
(rear/front).
3. Remove the acrylic cover and Y rail cover. (Remove the eight screws and the
four screws at the lower front and remove the operation panel (two screws).)
4. Remove the media feed motor. (See Section 6.3.3.1.)
5. To remove the cam shaft, lift the
lever and remove the E ring of
the lever link mechanism.(Use care not to miss the E ring.)
6. Move the cam shaft toward the
media feed motor.
7. Remove the paper guide (Front).
Remove the guide plate and guideplate (left/right).
8. Remove the pressure bracket assembly.
Lever link mechanism
E ring
Pressure Bracket assembly
6-20
6.3.2.7 Pressure roller
<Removal>
1. Remove the pressure roller attached to the pressure bracket unit with a
tweezers. (See the photo.)
Pressure roller
Pressure bracket assembly
6-21
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.2.8 T fence
<Removal>
1. Remove the (4) side cover (left) and (5) side cover (right).
2. Remove the (2) top cover (left) and (3) top cover (right).
3. Remove the (10) ink cassette cover (rear left) , (7) ink cassette cover (front
right), (9) ink cassette cover (rear right), and (6) ink cassette cover (front left).
4. Remove the (13) rear acrylic cover.
5. Remove the (1) Y rail cover.
6. Loosen setscrews (6 positions), remove the fence holding plate (64''), and
remove the T fence assembly.
Control items for replacement
1. The linear encoder assembly (See Section 6.3.5.5.) and T fence must not project.
(Check it by moving the carriage unit to the right and left.)
2. Run the T fence into the left side (driven pulley assembly side) to assemble it.
T fence assembly
T fence assembly
setscrews
(WS-screw)
(6 positions)
6-22
6.3.2.9 Carriage cable
<Removal>
1. Remove (4) side cover (left), (5) side cover (right), (2) top cover (left), (3) top
cover (right), (1) y rail cover, (8) ink cassette cover (front left), and (9) ink
cassette cover (front right).
2. Remove the (10) paper guide (front).
3.Remove the cable holder (carriage unit).
4.Remove (cut) the cable tie.
5. Remove the carriage cover and head cover.
6. Remove the cable from the PCB-ASSY-ICB1.
NOTE
Stretch the carriage cable64 so that there is a sufficient space where a screwdriver can
be inserted.
Caridge cable 64
Cable holder
(carriage unit)
PCB-ASY ICB 1
6-23
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.3 X drive unit
6.3.3.1 Media feed motor assembly and deceleration belt
<Removal>
1. Remove the (5) side cover (right), (3) top cover (right), (7) ink cassette cover
(front right), and (10) ink cassette cover (rear right).
2. Remove the media feed motor pulley bearing plate.
3. Remove the motor installation panel.
4. Remove the media feed motor assembly.
Control items for replacement
1. Deceleration belt tension: 49 N ± 2 N (5 kgf±0.2 kgf) => Section 7, Adjustment.
2. Deceleration belt grease application: Tau Cosing Asia EM-60L
Media feed motor assembly
NOTE
Do not lose the spring in the shaft.
NOTE
When the media feed motor assembly is replaced, remove the caridge motor assembly.
Deceleration belt
Media feed motor
pulley bearing plate
Pulley shaft
Motor installation panel
Carriage motor
6-24
6.3.3.2 Adsorption fan assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the (14) paper guide (Rear).
2. Remove the adsorption fan assembly.
Adsorption fan
Adsorption fan
6.3.3.3 Paper sensor assembly (front)
<Removal>
1. Remove the (10) paper guide (front).
2. Remove the sensor bracket.
3. Remove the paper sensor assembly (front) from the sensor bracket.
Paper sensor assembly (front)
NOTEWhen mounting (10) paper guide F, check whether latches around the grid roller are in
the specified positions.
6-25
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.3.4 Paper sensor assembly (rear)
<Removal>
1. Remove the (14) paper guide (rear).
2. Remove the sensor bracket.
3. Remove the paper sensor assembly (rear) from the sensor bracket.
Paper sensor assembly (rear)
6-26
6.3.3.5 Grid roller
<Removal>
1. Remove the following external covers:
(4) side cover (left), (5) side cover (right), (2) top cover (left), (3) top cover
(right), (8) ink cassette cover (front left), (11) ink cassette cover (rear left), (7)
ink cassette cover (front right), (12) ink cassette cover (rear right), (13) rear
acryl cover, and (1) Y rail cover.
2. Detach the wiping unit.
2-1 Detach the reinforced board.
2-2 Detach the wiping unit.
6-27
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
3. Dismount (10) paper guide F.
4. Detach the bearing holder.
5. Loosen the screws of the grid roller joint.
6. Slide the pressuring part holding bracket and unfasten the screws of the grid
roller support block.
6-28
7. Remove the grid roller from the capping unit side.
<Attach>
1. Attach the grid roller from the capping unit side.
2. Secure the grid roller joint.
3. Secure the bearing holder.
6-29
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
4. Secure the pressuring part holding bracket.
5. Attach (10) paper guide F.
6. Attach the wiping unit.
Check the blade for its height after attaching the wiping unit.
Attach the wiping roller.
Attach the covers dismounted in procedure 1 of the removal in reverse order of theremoval.
6-30
6.3.4 Electrical unit
6.3.4.1 Cooling fan assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the (19) side bottom cover (right) and (20) ink cassette cover (left)
2. Remove the cooling fan assembly.
6.3.4.2 Power supply unit
<Removal>
1. Remove the (15) front cover (center).
2. Remove the power supply unit.
6.3.4.3 Board (PCB-ASSY-IPB1, PCB-ASSY-WIM1, PCB-ASSY-VDD2)
<Removal>
1. Remove the (15) front cover (center).
2. Remove all the cables from the PCB-ASSY-IPB1, PCB-ASSY-WIM1, and
PCB-ASSY-VDD2 boards and remove the boards.
Cooling fan assembly
Power supply unit
PCB-ASSY-VDD2
PCB-ASSY-IPB1
PCB-ASSY-WIM1
6-31
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.4.4 Board (PCB-ASSY-RLY)
<Removal>
1. Remove (15) front cover (center).
2. Remove the voltage alternation switch assembly from the tray.
3. Remove all cables on the PCB-ASSY-RLY.
4. Remove the tray.
5. Remove the PCB-ASSY-RLY from the tray.
Tray
PCB-ASSY-RLY
Loosen
Tray
Loosen
Voltage alternation
switch assembly
6-32
6.3.5 Carriage assembly, head unit
• Removing carriage cover 1, 2, and 3.
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage close to the wipe side.
2. Remove (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), (11) ink cassette cover (rear
left), and the frame top (left).
3. Remove the side plate (screw : 2), the carriage cover1, 2, and 3.
Carriage cover 3
NOTEUse care not to damage the head cable when removing or attaching the carriage covers.
<Screw tightening order and torque for the carriage cover>
Screw tightening order and torque for the carriage cover must be managed as follows:
• Screw tightening order management
Follow the order below.
Carriage cover 2
Carriage cover 1
2 1 4 3
• Screw tightening torque management
Tighten the screw with 49 N (5 kgf) toque scerw driver in the above order.
6-33
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.5.1 Head cable64
<Removal>
1. Remove the (3) top cover (right), (24) cap cover, carriage cover 1, 2, and 3.
2. Remove the head cable64.Head cable 64
Carriage cover 3 Carriage cover 2
Carriage cover 1
6-34
6.3.5.2 Edge sensor assembly
<Removal>
1. Open the (13) rear acrylicover.
2. Remove the edge sensor ASSY.
Use care not to lose the collar under the edge sensor.
Edge sensor ASSY
Carriage
Edge sensor ASSY
NOTE
6-35
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.5.3 PCB-ASSY-ICB1
<Removal>
1. Remove the top cover (right) and (24) cap cover.
2. Remove Carriage cover 1, 2, and 3.
3. Disconnect cables connected to PCB-ASSY-ICB1.
4. Remove the PCB-ASSY-ICB1.
NOTE
Use care not to damage the head cable when removing or attaching the carriage
cover.
PCB-ASSY-ICB1
Head cable 64
Carriage cover 3 Carriage cover 2
Carriage cover 1
6-36
6.3.5.4 Head, ASSY, Cooling Fan
<Removal>
1. Verify that the printer is turned OFF, and then remove the side cover, the top
cover, and the maintenance cover of the cap side.
When the printer is turned OFF, the head carridge is in the cap side and the cap
is in closed state.
2. Remove carridge cover1 (w/fans), carridge cover2, and carridge cover3. (The
two cooling fans are affixed to rhe carridge cover1. Do not forget to disconnect
the cooling fan connectors.)
NOTE- Replace the head as soon as possible because the ink for IP-6600 dries up quickly.
Do not leave the head with out capping for a long time. If doing so, the head is
damaged due to nozzle choking.
Discharge ink before replacing the head. (See 7.9)
Always perform the head adjustment after replacing the head. (See Section 7
Adjustment.)
Top cover
Side cover
Maintenence cover
Carridge cover3 Carridge cover2 Cooling fan connectors (two)
Carridge cover1 (w/fans)
6-37
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
3. Remove the right and left screw driver guide tubes for the carridge (head base)
height adjustment screw.
4. Turn the printer ON to discharge ink filled cap at powering OFF.
At this time, the CAP is closed.
5. Turn the printer OFF while pressing the and keys to skip the
FILL CAP action.
6. Remove the screws fixing the head cable board (one, front) and remove the
head cable 64 from the head connector.
Carridge height adjustment screw
NOTETurn the printer ON after verifying that the head cable 64 does not hit the main bodyframe becouse rhe carridge moves to measure paper width at powering ON of theprinter.The specofied jigs and tools are necssary for replacing and adjusting the head.(See 7 Adjustment.)
PRINT READYROLL 64" (PAPER)
Screw driver guide tube
Screw (one, front) Head cable 64 Head connector
Head cable board
6-38
7. Remove the head tube on the head ASSY to be replaced.
8. Remove the joints from the heads.
NOTEInk does not drop from the removed tube due to osmotic prossure.
Ink tube Head tubeInk tube
Head tube
Head screw (back 1)
Head screw (front 1)
(View from the top)
NOTEDispose the removed head ASSY with capping.
6-39
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
9. Replace a new head ASSY to the position where the replaced head was and
secure the head screws(two) temporsly.
(Head position adjustment is necessary after replacing the head.)
10. Remove the tube on the new head and attach the ink tube detached in step 7 to
that.
Head screw (back 1)
Head screw (front 1)
Ink tube
New head ASSY
Head tube
(View from the top)
6-40
11. Connect the head cable disconnected in step 6 to the head connector, and then
secure the head cable board with one screw (front).
12. Attach cover in reverse order of removal.
In this section, only head replacement procedure is expained.
The head positioning adjustment must be performed before attaching covers.
For head adjustment, see 7 Adjustment.
Screw (One, front) Head connector Head cable board
Head cable
6-41
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.5.5 Linear encoder assembly
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wipe side.
2. Remove the (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), and (11) ink cassette cover
(rear left).
3. Remove the linear encoder mounting bracket.
4. Remove the linear encoder assembly.
Linear encoder assembly
Linear encoder
mounting bracket.
6-42
Carriage (head base) height adjustment procedure
1. Remove the (2) top cover (left), (4) side cover (left), carriage cover 1, 2, and 3.
2. Before starting height adjustment of the carriage (head base), move the
carriage to the center of the platen.
3. Insert the carriage (head base) height adjustment jig (6.6 mm) to the dentlocated on the center of the head base from right and left sides.
Platen
Carriage (head base) height adjustment jig
NOTEAlways perform "Carriage (head base) height adjustment" after dropping the
paper grip lever to generate the pressured condition by the roller as the print
condition.
Carriage
Carriage
Platen
6-43
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
4. Loosen the screws (three hexagonal) that hold the head assembly and lower
the head assembly on the carriage (head base) height adjustment jig (spacer:
6.6 mm)Tighten the screws as follows: left to right to center when facing the head.
5. Remove the carriage (head base) height adjustment jig.
NOTEAlways perform "Bi-directional print position correction" after adjusting height of the carriage.
(See Section 7.13.)
Head assembly
Carriage (head base) height adjustment jig
Head assembly
Three hexagonal
6-44
6.3.6 Wiping unit (64)
6.3.6.1 Wiping unit (64)
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the capping unit (64) side.
2. Remove the (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), and (11) ink cassette cover
(rear left).
3. Remove the connectors.
4. Remove the bracket in front of the wiping unit (64).
5. Remove the cleaner (wiper 64) unit of the wiping unit (64).
6. Remove the wiping unit (64).
Cleaner (wiper 64) unit
Wiping unit (64)
6-45
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.6.2 Cleaner (wiper 64) unit
<Removal>
1. Pull up the roller unit by pressing the latches of both sides.
6.3.6.3 Blade (WIPER RUBBER 64)
<Removal>
1. Turn the gear manually to move the wiper blade to upside.
2. Remove four screws.
See Section 7.7, Wiping Position Correction.
NOTE
Install the units horizontally and securely (until it clicks). If it is not installed correctly, the
head is damaged.
Ceaner (wiper 64) unit
Wiper blade (wiper number 64)
Gear
6-46
6.3.6.4 Motor (wiper) assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the cover (push-in, black) and remove the mounting bracket screws
(two).
2. Remove the first stage gear.
3. Remove the motor (wiper) assembly.
Motor (wiper) assembly
Cover
Gear
6-47
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.6.5 Switch (wiper) assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the cleaner (wiper 64) unit (see Section 6.3.6.2) and switch (wiper)
assembly.
Switch (wiper) assembly
6.3.6.6 Belt (wiper)
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the capping unit (64) side.
2. Remove (4) side cover (left), (2) top cover (left), and (11) ink cassette cover
(rear left).
3. Remove connectors.
4. Remove the bracket located to the front of the wiping unit (64).
5. Remove the shaft and the belt (wiper) from the wiping unit (64).
shaft
shaft
Belt (wiper)Belt (wiper)
6-48
6.3.7 Capping unit
6.3.7.1 Capping unit (64)
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage unit to the wipe side.
2. Remove the (5) side cover (right), (3) top cover (right), and (12) ink cover (rear
right).
3. Remove four screws which secure the cover brackets 3 and 4. (See the photo)
4. Remove the solenoid connector and motor connector, and then remove the
cover bracket 3 and 4.
5. Remove the pump tube connected to the waste ink bottle.
6. Remove the capping unit (64) securing screws(*) and remove the capping unit.
* W sems M4x12: 6 screws, W sems M3x12 (small round): 2 screws
Screws
Cover brackets 4
Cover brackets 3
Capping unit (64)
6-49
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
The highest surface of the capping unit should be same as the platen's at down condition of the
cap. (See figure above.)
If the capping unit generates suction defective and the capping unit drops more than regular
position, adjust the cap position again.
6-50
6.3.7.2 Motor (cap) assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the capping unit (64). (See Section 6.3.7.1)
2. Remove the two screws holding the cover (plate part) and remove the cover.
3. Remove the two motor mounting screws(*) and remove the motor (cap)
assembly.
* Screws: TP screws M3x6 nickel (four)
6.3.7.3 Timing belt
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wiper.
2. Remove the belt from the pulley.
Timing belt
NOTE
Align the phases of the front and rear pulleys when reinstalling the belt.
Cover
Motor
6-51
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.7.4 Solenoid
<Removal>
1. Remove the insulation lock tie holding the harness.
2. Remove the screws holding the solenoid and remove the solenoid.
* Screws: TP screws M3x6 nickel (four)
Solenoid
6-52
6.3.7.5 Cap assembly
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wiper side.
2. Remove the screws holding the plate for fixing the cap and remove the plate.
* Screws: TP screws M3x6 nickel (four)
3. Push the hook on the cap side and lift and remove the cap assembly.
NOTE
Apply alcohol to the hole in the joint (cap) before inserting the cap assembly.
Cap assembly
NOTE
Install it so that the hole in the sheet (cap) is in the direction of A. (See the following figure.)
NOTE
When replacing the cap assembly, replace the joint (cap) as well.
Hole
Direction A
6-53
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
Torque limiter
6.3.7.6 Torque limiter
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wiper side.
2. Remove the plate cover.
3. Remove the shaft with the torque limiter.
4. Remove the E ring and remove the torque limiter.
* Screws: TP screws M3x6 nickel (two)
NOTE
Do not drop a parallel pin.
6-54
NOTE
Set ink pump roller phases so that adjacent ones have 90-degree phase differences.
Ink pump
6.3.7.7 Pump assembly
<Removal>
1. Move the carriage to the wiper side.
2. Remove the tray (ink) assembly.
3. Remove the cover brackets 3 and 4 and reinforcement 1.
4. Remove the pump and tube ends from joints.
5. Remove the screws holding the pump assembly and remove the pump
assembly.
* Screws holding the pump assembly: TP screws M3x6 nickel (two)
Pump assembly
6-55
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.7.8 Tray (ink) assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the screws holding the tray (ink) assembly.
2. Remove the tube connected to the waste ink bottle from the joint (on the waste
ink side).
3. Remove the tray (ink) assembly by lifting and sliding it.
* Screws: P tight M3x6 nickel (two)
Tray (ink) assembly
6-56
Joint (cap): Push-in type
Clean the boss on the plastic part side of this component with alcohol when installing the
joint (cap).
NOTE
6.3.7.9 Joint (cap)
<Removal>
1. Remove the cap. (See Section 6.3.7.5)
2. Remove the joint (cap).
Apply alcohol and adsorb it.
NOTE
6-57
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.8 Ink cartridge unit
6.3.8.1 Ink box (left/right) assembly, filter assembly (Sa), and pump tube
<Removal>
1. Perform ink extracting on the operational panel and than turn the printer off
after completion of ink extracting.
2. Remove (4) side cover (left), (5) side cover (right), (2) top cover (left), (3) top
cover (right), (8) ink cassette cover (front left), and (9) ink cassette cover (front
right).
3. Remove the ink box (left/right) assembly fixing screws.
4. Remove the pump unit from the printer.
Filter assembly (Sa)
Pump tube
Pump unit
Joint
Pump
Pump unit
Pump
6-58
5. Remove the pump.
6. Remove the joint of the pump tube.
7. Remove the filter assembly (Sa) screws, decompose the pump, and replace
the pump tube.
Pump
Pump
Pump tube
Joint
Pump
Pump tube
Filter ASSY (Sa)
NOTE- Always perform ink extraction on the operation panel before replacing the
filter assembly.
- Do not wipe grease spreaded on the tube.
- Use care tie's position for assembling.
6-59
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.8.2 PCB-ASSY-INK
<Removal>
1. Remove (4) side cover (left), (5) side cover (right), (2) top cover (left), (3) top
cover (right), (8) ink cassette cover (front left), and (9) ink cassette cover (front
right).
2. Remove the ink box left/right assembly fixing screws.
3. Remove the pump unit.
4. Remove all cables.
5. Remove PCB-ASSY-INK fixing screws and PCB-ASSY-INK 2.
Ink cartridge back
cover fixing screws
Ink cartridge back coverInk cartridge cables
PCB-ASSY-INK2
6-60
6.3.9 Sub tank unit
6.3.9.1 Sub tank unit, full sensor ASSY, half full sensor ASSY.
<Removal>
1. Perform ink extracting on the operation panel and the turn the printer off after
completion of ink extracting.
2. Remove (4) side cover (left), (5) side cover (right), (2) top cover (left), (3) top
cover (right), (8) ink cassette cover (front left), and (9) ink cassette cover (front
right).
3. Remove joints (two).
4. Remove the sub tank installation plate.
Joint Sub tank installation
plate
Sheet
Sub tank installation plate
NOTEUse care for handling the sub tank not to drop ink remained in the sub tank to
the floor.
6-61
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
5. Remove the sub tank frame.
6. Remove the sensor installation plate. (The sensor plate is also off.)
Sub tank frame (8 screws)
Sensor plate
Full sensor assembly
Half sensor assembly
Sub tank installation plate
NOTE- Both half and full sensors have the same shape, but have different
sensensing polarity.
Install them to the correct positions.
- Always verify that the sensor plate works smoothly after installing
6-62
6.3.10 Heater unit
6.3.10.1 Paper guide F (with heater)
<Removal>
1. Loosen the fixing screws of the paper guide F (with heater) and remove it. Note
that the heater cable is connected to the paper guide F.
6.3.10.2 Paper guide R (with heater)
1. Loosen the fixing screws of the paper guide R (with heater) and remove it.
Note that the heater cable is connected to the paper guide R.
Paper guide F Paper guide FPaper guide F Heater cable
Paper guide rear
Heater cable Heater cable Heater cable
6-63
Section 6 Parts Replacement (Disassembly/Reassembly)
6.3.10.3 Platen assembly
<Removal>
1. Remove the lower part box of the platen.
2. Loosen the platen fixing screws located on the surface side of the platen, and
remove the platen.
Platen
PlatenPlaten
Platen fixing screws
Lower part box of the platen Lower part box of the platen
Section 7 Adjustment
7-1
Section 7 Adjustment
This section describes adjustment items for parts replacement or adjustment in the factory or
field.
7-2
7.1 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment
If the two-step pulley assembly, driven assembly, or carriage assembly of the Y drive unit is
replaced, the steel belt tension must be adjusted.
- Move the carriage back to the cap side and measure the tension at the centerof the belt.
- Set the steel belt at the center of the vertical distance.- Move the carriage to the right and left and adjust so that the steel belt does not
move vertically on the driven pully.-Adjust steel belt tension by the tension adjustment screw on the driven pully.
Measure steel belt tension after moving the carriage two or three timesbetween cap and wipe manually so that the steel belt fits.
Tension: 230 gfPush the steel belt with the push/pull spring scale andread a value when the steel belt contacts to the Y-reel.
500 g push/pull spring scale
Steel belt
Steel belt
NOTE
Section 7 Adjustment
7-3
7.2 Head Cover Plate Adjustment
Adjust the height of the head cover plate when the CAP is in up status.
1. Open the CAP. (on the operation panel)
2. Move the carriage to the home possition. (on the operation panel)
3. Loosen the screws which secure the plate (for head base pressure) and put
bare rings which are affixed to the plate (for head base pressure) to the head
cover plate.
4. Secure the screws.
Head cover plate
plate (for head base pressure) Barerings
NOTE- Lift up the head up/down lever before adjustment.
7-4
7.3 Synchronizing Belt (Y Drive Motor Belt) Tension Adjustment
If the Y drive motor assembly or two-step pulley assembly of the Y drive unit is replaced,
the synchronizing belt tension must be adjusted.
7.4 Deceleration Belt (X Drive Motor Belt) Tension Adjustment
If the X drive motor assembly of the X drive unit is replaced, the deceleration belt tension
must be adjusted.
Y motor
Synchronizing belt
Tension: 49 N ± 2 N (5 kgf±0.2 kgf)
X motor
Deceleration belt
Tension: 41 N ± 2 N (4.18 kgf±0.2 kgf)
NOTE
Adjust deceleration belt tension after removing the Y drive motor.
Loosen the screwsand adjust tension ofthe synchronizing belt(Y-Drive Motor Belt)by tension of the plate.
Loosen the screws and adjust tension of the deceleration belt (X-Drive Motor Belt) byadjusting position of the plate to left or right.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-5
7.5 Wiping Unit Height Adjustment
Loosen four screws to adjust the wiping unit height.
Adjust the height of the wiping unit so that the carriege surface and wiping blade become
parallel.
If the wiping unit is replaced, the wiping unit height must be adjusted.
0.8 mm ± 0.2 mm from carriage bottom
Wiping unit
Carriage
Blade (wiper rubber)
BladeHead
Loosen the screws
The edge of the blade should be adjusted to the upper surface of the head.
7-6
7.6 Wiping Position Correction
The contact position of the blade (wiper rubber) relative to the head is corrected.
<Parameter>
± 5 mm, 0.1 mm/step
+ : Move to the wiping unit side.
- : Move to the capping unit side.
Correction procedure
With the carriage at the wiping unit, enter a correction value from the operation panel so that
the wiping blade position is at the center of the surface of the head nozzles..
1. Press the , , ,
keys, enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press key to select MEC. ADJ
menu.
3. Press key to select # WIPING
POS. menu.
<- (-) Capping unit side
-> (+) Wiping unit side
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
# ADJUST PATTERN> TOP&BTM ADJ
# WIPING POS.> +3.0mm
Carriage
Blade (wiper rubber)
Section 7 Adjustment
7-7
4. Turn the wiping unit blade (wiper
rubber) gear by hand, move the blade
forward so that the blade (wiper rubber)
position relative to the head can be
visually checked, and verify that the
blade contacts the head at the center.
This adjustment must be performed when the carriage is at the wiping unit.
Do not move the carriage when the blade (wiper rubber) is raised.
Otherwise, the head may be damaged.
5. Enter a correction value on the #
WIPING POS. menu.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to correct the
position so that the blade (wiper rubber)
contact position relative to the head is
at the center.
7. As the last step, clean up pointed ends
of the blade (wiper rubber) with cotton
swab which is moistened alcohol.
NOTE
Carriage
Blade (wiper rubber)
<- (-) Capping unit side
-> (+) Wiping unit side
# WIPING POS.> +1.0mm
Y M C Head
Blade (wiper 2)
NOTE
The sheet of the wiper (blade) is attached to the plate with double-stick
tape. Use care not to instill alcohol into the double-stick tape.
7-8
7.7 Cap Position Correction
The cap position relative to the head in the capping unit (home position) is corrected.
<Parameter>
0 to +5 mm, 0.1 mm step
+: Shift to the wiping unit
- : Shift to the capping unit
Correction procedure
When the carriage is at its home position, enter a correction value from the operation panel
so that the cap position is at the center of the head.
1. Press , , ,
keys and input a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
maintenance mode.
2. Press and select MEC. ADJ menu.
3. Press and select #CAP POSITION
setting menu.
4. Visually check whether the cap position
is at the center of the head.
<- (-) Capping unit side -> (+) Wiping unit side
# ADJUST PATTERN> TOP&BTM ADJ
# CAP POSITION> +4.0mm
Head
Cap
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
Section 7 Adjustment
7-9
5. Enter a correction value on the # CAP
POSITION setting menu.
(Example)
6. When the rear cover is opened and
closed, the carriage capping position is
adjusted according to the input
correction value.
7. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to correct the
position so that the cap is positioned at
the center of the heads.
8. To reflect this setting, turn the power off
and on again or select H. ADJ. ->
MOVE CARRIAGE -> HOME.
# CAP POSITION> + 3.0 mm
Note: If the correction value is 0, it does not work.
(Capping is not performed in the sequence.)
7-10
7.8 Initial Ink Charge/Ink Extraction
Initial ink charge
The initial ink charge is required only when the printer is installed for the first time.
When ink filling process is interrupted by an error (such as out-of-ink or lever
open) during ink filling, do not proceed the ink filling. If doing so, there is the
possibility of overflow of the waste ink.
Complete initial ink filling with the following procedures:
1. Always replace the waste ink bottle to new one.
2. Remove the ink cassette cover (Rear R), carridge cover so that the head tubes
can be seen.
3. Put “FINISHED” to “INK CHARGE MODE” menu in “H.MNTE” menu of the
engine maintenance mode. When you put “NOT YET” to “INK CHARGE MODE”
menu, cleaning is not performed.
4. When ink is filled up to the head, the normal cleaning is performed to fill the ink
completely. When ink is not filled up to the head, perform cleaning a few times
or pump absoption (*) to fill the ink up to the head. At last, always perform the
normal cleaning to complete the ink filling.(*): Select “NORMAL” in “PUMP MOTOR” menu in “ACTUATOR” menu of the
engine maintenance mode to perform the pump absorption. When the ink is
filled up to the head, stop the motor by “STOP” key immediately. If the motor is
not stopped, there is the possibility of overflow of the waste ink bottle.
Charge ink as follows:
1. Press key on the operation
panel to enter the off-line mode.
2. Press , , ,
keys.
3. Press , , , keys.
4. Press key to select the head
maintenance menu.
5. Press .
6. Press .
NOTE
INK SETUPPAPER
MAINTENANCE MODEPASSWORD?
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
# INK CHARGE>ALL
# INK CHARGE* ALL OK?
# INK CHARGE* EXECUTE
# INK CHARGE>ALL
Section 7 Adjustment
7-11
Ink extraction
- Be sure to extract ink when replacing heads.
- Before ink extraction, install a new waste ink bottle.When ink filling process
is interrupted by an error (such as out-of-ink or lever open) during ink filling,
do not proceed ink filling.
- If doing so, there is the possibility of overflow of the waste ink.
See "8.9 Initial Ink Charge/Ink Extraction" about procedure after interruption
of ink filling.
Extract ink by the following procedure.
Enter the maintenance mode from the operation panel and extract ink.
1. Press on the operation panel to
enter the off-line mode.
2. Press the , , ,
keys.
3. Press the , , ,
keys.
4. Press key to enter the H. MNTE.
menu.
5. Press key t o se l ec t INK
EXTRACT.
6. Press .
7. Remove the ink cartridge according to
the guidance.
8. Press .
MAINTENANCE MODEPASSWORD?
# INK EXTRACT* EXECUTE
NOTE
INK SETUPPAPER
# INK CHARGE>
# INK EXTRACT* OK?
# INK EXTRACT>
NOTE
It takes 7 to 8 minutes to extract ink.
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
INK EXTRACT ENDPOWER OFF
7-12
7.9 Nozzle Check
If an image quality defect occurs due to a nozzle ejection error during installation or use,
take the following measure. If the problem cannot be solved, replace the head.
7.9.1 Manual cleaning (the same function as the cleaning in the user mode)
1. Turn the power ON and press ,
, , to enter the
maintenance mode.
2. Enter a password.
3. Press to select the H. ADJ. menu.
4. Press key and print a pattern.
5. Observe the ent i re pr int wi th a
magnifier (x10), and verify that each
pattern has no missing part.
# ADJUST PATTERN> NOZZLE CHK
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
Direction of
discharging CM
Y
Lc
LmBk
Section 7 Adjustment
7-13
7.9.2 Manual Cleaning
1. Turn the printer on and press , , , keys to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press to enter the “H. MNTE” menu.
3. Select “CLEANING” by the or key.
4. Select “NORMAL” by the or key.
5. Press the key to perform the cleaning.
7.9.3 Fill Cap
This function can be performed from the user mode.
This function fills ink into the cap to solve the nozzle choking by soaking the head (nozzle
surface) in ink for one or two hours.
Use this function when print dot off cannot be cleared by cleaning repeatedly.
1. Press the key.
2. Select “SERVICE” by the prssing key.
3. Select “FILL CAP” by pressing the key.
4. Perform fill cap by pressing the key.
NOTE
Always perform the cleaning (normal) after performing the fill cap.
# FILL CAP>
SERVICE FEEDCLEANING
7-14
7.9.4 Discharging ink
When the printer was instabled or transportatted, ink charge was performed.
If ink charge cannot be conplated successfully, bubble or dust remains in the nozzle.
In this case, discharge ink, charge ink again, and check status with the nozzle check pattern.
1. Discharge ink. (See 7.8.)
2. Charge ink. (See 7.8.)
3. Charge status with nozzle check pattern print. (See 7.9.1.)
7.9.5 Cleaning with naintenance liquid cartridge
If an ejection error occurs during installation or transportation or when it is not used for a
long time and if it cannot be solved by the above procedure, clean the ink path and heads
with refresh ink, charge ink again, and make a check.
1. Perform the service clean sequence.
(Discharge ink --> charge the maintenance liquid --> cleaning --> discharge the
maintenance liquid --> charge ink)
2. Print a nozzle check pattern and check the status. (See 7.9.)
It takes approx. 40 minutes.
After completion of the service clean sequence, leave the printer for one hour
or more before print.
Print right after service clean may cause print dot-off error.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-15
7.10 Head Drive Voltage Setting
Set the drive voltage for each head.
It must be set when a head is replaced.
<Sub-menus>
Bk (L) , Bk (R) , Lm (L) , Lm (R) , Lc (L) , Lc (R) ,
Y (L), Y (R) , M (L) , M (R) , C (L) , C (R)
<Parameter>
12.0 to 20.0
Correction procedure
1. Press , , ,
keys and enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press and select the H. ADJ.
menu.
3. Press and select the DRIVE
VOLTAGE menu.
4. Press to select a sub-menu and
select a head to be set with the or
key.
Read the head drive voltage marked on
each head and enter and set that value.
# H ADJ PAT> NOZZLE CHK
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# BK (L)
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# BK (R) >XX. XV
(Example)
# DRIVE VOLTAGE# BK (L) *17.2V
Each head voltage is marked here.
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
7-16
7.11 Ink Head Adjustment Procedure
The following items are performed as the ink head adjustment:
1. NOZZLE CHECKprint in H.ADJ PATTERN for nozzle dot-off check.
2. HEAD ADJ2 print in H.ADJ PATTERN for the following two mechanical adjustments:
• Head vertical position adjustment
• Haed slant adjustment
3. HEAD ADJ1 print in H.ADJ PATTERN for the following three software adjustments:
• LEFT/RIGHT Head L/R position adjustment
• HEAD POS Color ink position adjustment for BLACK ink
• INK POS Two-way print gap adjustment
Adjust the ink head by following to the procedure below:
Ink Head Adjustment Jigs
No. Name Qty
1. Head positioning pin (long) 1
2. Head positioning pin (short) 1
3. Haed positioning reference plate 1
4. Head positioning adjustment jig 1 1
5. Head positioning adjustment jig 2 1
Ink Head Adjustment Tools
No. Name Qty
1. M3 screw driver (-) 1
2. M3 screw driver (+) 1
NOTE
- The screw tightening order and torque management for the carriage cover is
mandatory. Always refer to 6.3.5 Carriage assembly, head unit for attaching
the carriage cover.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-17
Attach the head positioning adjustment jigs to the new head.
1. Loosen the adjustment screws on the head positioning adjustemnt jig 1 (turn
the screws counterclockwise)
2. Combine the head adjustment jig 1 to the head positioning reference plate.
Tighten the adjustment screws on the head positioning adjustment jig 1 (turn
the screws clckwise) until the bosses of the jig1 hit the wall of the head
positioning reference plate to make the jig1 as the reference.
ADJUSTMENT SCREWS
JIG 1
HEAD
3. Mount the jig1 to the new head to be adjusted.
7-18
4. Insert the head positioning pins long and short as shown in the figure as the
reference positions.
5. Fix jig 1 on the head base. (Tighten two jig 1 fixing screws on the jig 1 with a
screw driver ( - ).)
JIG 1
HEAD POSITIONING PIN
(SHORT)
SCREW
JIG 1SCREW
6. Mount the head positioning adjustemnt jig 2 to the head positioning adjustment
jig 1 as shown in the figure.
JIG 1JIG 2
Section 7 Adjustment
7-19
7. Fix the front head screw (only front, the back screw cannot be accessed
because the back screw is under the jig2) temporally as the head center
position.
FRONT HEAD SCREW
BACK
FRONT
7-20
1. Turn the power ON, press ,
, , keys and input
a password (press , , ,
keys) to enter the maintenance
mode.
2. Press and select the H. ADJ.
menu and select H ADJ PAT, then
HEAD ADJ.
# H ADJ PAT* HEAD ADJ.
Head installation adjustment in the sub-scanning direction
Adjust this position.
Adjust each color head with reference to the black head.
Y M C Lm Lc Bk
Head sequence
Direction of
discharging
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
Section 7 Adjustment
7-21
HEAD ADJ1 PATTERN
MECHANICAL ADJ
* VERTICAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT
• SLANT ADJUSTEMNT
HEAD POSLEFT/RIGHT
INK POS (L)
INK POS (R)
3. Perform the HEAD ADJ 2 print in H.ADJ PATTERN.
7-22
Carriage
Wiping unit
4. Move the carriage to the wiping unit
position from the operation panel.
5. Use MECHNICAL ADJ print area to see the mechnical vertical positioning and
head slant adjustment result.
C
M
Bk
<VERTICAL POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT>
See the vertical positioning
with a loupe.
VERTICAL POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT SCREW
• CLOCKWISE: UP
• ANTI-CLOCKWISE: DOWN
10 um / 1 scale
10 scales: 100 um
BOSS
Section 7 Adjustment
7-23
Head inclination adjustment
After adjusting the head installation position in the sub-scanning direction, adjust head
inclination.
1. Press , , ,
keys and input a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press and select H. ADJ. menu
and select H ADJ PAT, then HEAD
ADJ.
Adjust each color head inclination.
Head
# H ADJ PAT* HEAD ADJ.
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
7-24
HEAD ADJ1 PATTERN
MECHANICAL ADJ
* VERTICAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT
• SLANT ADJUSTEMNT
HEAD POSLEFT/RIGHT
INK POS (L)
INK POS (R)
3. Perform the HEAD ADJ 2 print in H.ADJ PATTERN.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-25
Wiping unit
Carriage
4. Move the carriage to the wipe position
using “MOVE CARRIAGE” from the
operation panel. (See Section 3.4.2)
step after moving the carriage.
SLANT ADJUSTMENT SCREW
• CLOCKWISE: CLOCK WISE
• COUNTERCLOCKWISE: COUNTERCLOCKWISE
10 um / 1 scale
10 scales: 100 um
5. Tighten the screws and print a head adjustment pattern (H ADJ PAT).
7-26
Paper discharge direction
6. If the adjustment is insufficient, repeat steps 4 to 7. Adjust all colors in the
same way.
NOTEWait about 10 seconds for next
NOTE
Before turning the power ON after adjustment, move the carriage away from
the wiping unit toward the capping unit by hand.
This prevents the damage to the heads or sticking of a different color from
another head at startup.
(Specification)
35 µm or less
• Center : ±35 µm or less
• Left and right : ±70 µm or less
Section 7 Adjustment
7-27
7.12 Bi-directional Print Position (L) Correction
An adjustment pattern is printed and the print positions for bi-directional printing of each
head (L) are adjusted.
<Sub-menu>
Bk, Lc, Lm, C, M, Y
<Parameter>
± XX & Y (- 32 to + 31 & A to H)
XX: 1 dot unit
Y: 1/8 dot unit
Correction procedure
1. Press , , ,
keys and enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press to select the H. ADJ. menu,
and select H. ADJ. PAT, then HEAD
ADJ.2.
# H ADJ PAT* HEAD ADJ.2
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
7-28
-32-31-30-29-28-27-26-25-24-23
3. Perform the HEAD ADJ 1 print in H.ADJ PATTERN.
HEAD POS
LEFT/RIGHT
BlackLcLmCMY
Forward
Backward
Direction of
discharging
INK POS
INK POS (R)
Section 7 Adjustment
7-29
4. Observe the print of each color with a
magnifier (x10), and determine a
correction value for the shift between
the forward and backward paths.
5. Enter I-POS. ADJ menu and select
medium to be used.
* I-POS. ADJ values differ according to media thickness.
6. Enter INK POS (L) xxx menu.
XXXX: Media name.
7. Press to select a sub-menu, and
select the head to be set with the
or key.
8. Press , specify the polarity (+/-)
of the correction value with the ,
key, and enter a value.
# INK POS (L) xxxx# M > +XXX
(Example)
# INK POS (L) xxxx# Bk
# INK POS (L) xxxx# M +XX&Y
Backward path
(+) <-- --> (-)
Enter a +/- correction value so that
the backward path is aligned with
the forward path.
Forward path
Paper discharge direction
7-30
7.14 Paper Feed Amount Correction
Select a correction percentage for the initial paper feed amount for each paper to be used by
printing an adjustment pattern, and select and enter a correction value percentage with little
banding. A coated paper must be used for this correction, and the correction values for other
media are automatically determined and input based on the value for coated paper.
Using “FEED PATTERN” is recommended for simple and fast adjustment.
<Parameter>
97.0 to 103.0
7.13 Bi-directional Print Position (R) Correction
An adjustment pattern is printed and the print positions for bi-directional printing of each
head (R) are adjusted.
The procedure is same as 7.12 Bi-directional Print Position (L) Correction.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-31
7.14.1 Adjustment using “FEED PATTERN”
The pattern figure is shown below.
Always set the winding unit to the tention wnding mode for adjustment.
1. Press , , ,
keys and enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Select paper to be used in “PAPER”
when mounting paper.
3. Enter “FEED PATTERN” menu and
print a test pattern in “ROUGH (BASE)”.
XX.XX%
Bk C M
Pattern print with 99.00% correction value
Pattern print with 99.25% correction value
Pattern print with 99.50% correction value
Pattern print with 99.75% correction value
Pattern print with 100.00% correction value
Pattern print with 100.25% correction value
Pattern print with 100.50% correction value
Pattern print with 100.75% correction value
Pattern print with 101.00% correction value
7-32
4. Chose a correction value so that white
or black lines do not appear in side of (1)
lines in (2) area of the below figure.
Use Bk and C colors for adjustment.
(2) area enlarged figure
5. Enter “PAPER FEED ADJ” menu and
input the correction value selected in
step 4.
6. Enter “FEED PATTERN” menu and print
a test pattern in “DETAIL”.
NG OK NG
Bk C
(1)(2)
Pattern print with the current value -0.15%.
Pattern print with the current value -0.05%.
Pattern print with the current value.
Pattern print with the current value +0.06%.
Pattern print with the current value +0.12%.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-33
7. Choose a correction value in the same
manner in step 4.
8. Enter “PAPER FEED ADJ” menu and
input the correction value selected in
step 7.
9. Enter “PAPER FEED ADJ” menu and
input the correction value selected in
step 7.
7-34
7.15 Head Position Correction (Main scanning direction)
Print an adjustment pattern "HEAD ADJ.", and correct each head position in the main
scanning direction based on the black head.
<Sub-menu>
Lc, Lm, C, M, Y
<Parameter>
± XX & Y (- 32 to + 31 & A to H)
XX: 1 dot unit
Y: 1/8 dot unit
Correction procedure
1. Press , , ,
keys and enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press to select the H. ADJ. menu,
and select H. ADJ. PAT, then HEAD
ADJ.
# H ADJ PAT* HEAD ADJ.
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
Section 7 Adjustment
7-35
Black/LC
Black/LM
Black/CBlack/M
Black/Y
Direction of
discharging
3. Print a head adjustment pattern (H ADJ
PAT1).
-32-31-30-29-28-27-26-25-24-23HEAD POS
LEFT/RIGHT
INK POS
INK POS (R)
7-36
4. Observe the print using a magnifier
(x10), and determine the correction
value for each color according to the
black.
5. Select the H-POS. ADJ. menu.
6. Press to select a sub-menu, and
select the head to be set with the
or key.
7. Select the fittest pattern from the HEAD
POS print pattern.
The correction value is marked on the
upper side of the print pattern.Press
, specify the polarity (+/-) of the
correction value with the ,
key, and enter the value.
Enter a +/- correction
value so that the
correction color is aligned
with the black.--> (-)
Paper discharge directionBlack
oooooooo
Correction color
# H-POS. ADJ.# Lm > +XXX
(Example)
# H-POS. ADJ.# LC
# H-POS. ADJ.# Lm * +XXX
Black
(Specification)
±70 µm or less
Correction color
oooooooo
(+) <--
Section 7 Adjustment
7-37
7.16 Side Margin Position Correction (SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ)
The distance between the edge sensor and the head (side margin) is corrected by printing
and cutting paper in the adjustment pattern (top & bottom). After printing, the distances are
measured and the parameter is set.
<Parameter>
± 5 mm, 0.1 mm/step
Correction procedure
Direction of
discharging
Specification: 5 mm
36 mm
(-) <-- --> (+)
1. Press , , ,
keys and enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press to select MEC. ADJ. menu,
and select ADJUST PATTERN, then
TOP&BTM ADJ.
3. Print an adjustment pattern (TOP&BTM
ADJ).
4. Measure the side margin with a metal
measure, press , select SENSOR
(SIDE) ADJ menu, and enter a
correction value.
# ADJUST PATTERN* TOP&BTM ADJ
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
Direction of
discharging
# SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ> -1.0mm
Direction of
discharging
Specification: 5 mm
Metal measure
7-38
4 mm
# SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ> -1.0mm
Print Sample
5 mm
# SENSOR (SIDE) ADJ> -2.0mm
Print Sample
(example)
Section 7 Adjustment
7-39
7.17 Top Margin Position Correction (SENSOR (TOP) ADJ)
The distance between the edge sensor and the head (top margin) is corrected by printing and
cutting paper in the adjustment pattern (top & bottom). After printing, the distances are
measured and the parameter is set.
<Parameter>
± 5 mm, 0.1 mm/step
Correction procedure
1. Press , , ,
keys and enter a password (press
, , , keys) to enter
the maintenance mode.
2. Press to select the MEC. ADJ.
menu, and select ADJUST PATTERN,
then TOP&BTM ADJ.
3. Print an adjustment pattern (TOP&BTM
ADJ).
4. Measure the top margin with a metal
measure, press , select SENSOR
(TOP) ADJ menu, and enter a
correction value.
# ADJUST PATTERN* TOP&BTM ADJ
Direction of
discharging
Specification: 5 mm
36 mm(-)
(+)
Direction of
discharging
# SENSOR (TOP) ADJ> -1.0mm
(Example)Direction of
discharging(-)
(+)
Specification: 5 mm
4 mm
Metal measure
MEC. ADJ H. MNTEH. ADJ. RESET
7-40
4 mm
# SENSOR (TOP) ADJ> -1.0mm
Print Sample
5 mm
# SENSOR (TOP) ADJ> -2.0mm
Print Sample
(example)
Section 7 Adjustment
7-41
7.18 Appendix
Skew Correction Procedures
1 Check and correct skew according to the skew checklist.
Screw Check Items
1-1 Paper setting
1) Warp
Check the preset paper for its warp and the paper roll for its looseness.
2) Flange
There shall be no gap between the flange and paper roller end face.
1-2 Mechanism
1) Paper guide F
Check paper guide F for its installation position. The installation height of the guide should
be horizontally leveled. If any skew is found in field, first check the media setting state as
well as the paper guide attachment state.
2) Grid roller attachment (screw loose-fitting in the joint)
Lift the pressurizing unit and check the grid roller for its backlash.
3) Pressurizing roller’s gripping force grip the strip film to the pressurizing unit and check the
gripping force of the film. Follow the measurement steps below:
Apply a gripping force measurement jig (film) to pressuring rollers one by one. Go
down and keep the pressurizing roller. Measure the gripping force using a push-pull
gauge. The gripping force should be measured from roller to roller. A reference value
of the gripping force is 650 g. It can vary depending upon the value of matte-based film
and the surface state.
The measurement value should be a value preset when staring up the film.
Measurement Criteria:
The difference between the measured maximum and minimum values shall be within 30% of the
maximum value. If it exceeds 30%, increase or decrease a load applied to the pressurizing spring
and adjust it so as not to exceed 30 %.
Size of Strip Film*: approx. W40 mm x L 210 mm (*or commercial OHP films)
Punch one position on the end face of thestrip film using a puncher and insert a gaugein the punched hole.
7-42
4) Check the vacuum fan for its operation.
1-3 Paper feeding status
1) Check external impact during paper feeding.
2) Check aerial impact from airconditioners.
1-4 Miscellaneous
1) Paper check: Check that genuine paper is used and there is no crashes or breakage on the end
of paper.
2) Operation environment check
Check that operational environment temperature and humidity are within the specifications.
2 When there is no problem as a result of examination instructed in Section 1, namely screws
have not been corrected, check the positions of the grid roller supporting block and the platen
box.
2-1 Uncover the top cover (right and left plastic covers and Y rail cover).
2-2 Remove the capping unit and the wiping unit.
2-3 Check the positions of the grid roller supporting block and the platen box.
1) Platen box position control point: Apply to X-rail.
2) Grid roller supporting control point: Apply to the paper feeding side of the platen box.
3) Check and correction
Uncover the respective covers and visually inspect the inside from both sides. There
shall be no gap among the X-rail, the platen box and the grid roller supporting block. If
not, loosen the screws fastened to the platen box and the grid roller supporting block.
Let push the platen box and the grid roller supporting block to X-rail, and secure them.
3 When any problem was found as a result of examination instructed in Section 2, follow the
correction steps below:
1) Remove the guide plate, guide plate R and L. Store them so as not subject the tube and FFC
to stress.
2) Remove the bracket to hold the pressurizing unit.
3) Lift the pressurizing bracket. While lifting the bracket, loosen the screws that fasten the grid
roller supporting block using a special screwdriver or ratchet.
4) Push the platen box and the grid roller supporting block up to the specified position, and
fasten the grid roller supporting block securing screws.
5) Attach the pressurizing holding bracket.
6) Attach the guide plate and guide plates R and L.
7) Attach the capping unit and the wiping unit.
8) When there is no problem after completion of steps i through vii and skew check, attach the
top cover.
Section 7 Adjustment
7-43
4 When a problem cannot be found as a result of examination instructed in Sections 1 and 2,
adjust eccentricity of the grid roller.
Correct the optimum value that varies from side to side after paper feeding adjustment patterns
are printed. Incorrect adjustment of eccentricity of the jointed grid roller can generate skew.
Any eccentricity of the grid roller at the wiping unit side can usually generate screw. Adjust the
grid roller towards the wiping unit side. Adjustment steps are as follows:
1) Remove the paper holder at the joint unit, i.e. plastic blade attached to the pressurizing roller.
2) Loosen the two screws that fasten the coupling and turn the grid roller of the wiping unit about
45 degrees.
3) Fasten the two screws, attach the paper holder and check the paper feeding adjustment
patterns.
4) Repeat steps 1) through 3) and find the point where the optimum value of paper feeding
adjustment patterns are equal from side to side. You should turn the grid roller of the wiping
unit one side.
5 Skew Criteria
Print two PATTERN3 (3 m in length and 1-dot checkered patterns) , and judge skew based on the
skew size and printhead rubbing. Paper should not be reset until printings are completed.
Printhead rubbing occurred during printings (2 sheets of paper) should be rejected as NG: Not
Good, even if the skew size
shall be not larger than 5 mm on a longitudinal standard basis.
8-1
Section 8 Operations
Section 8 Operations
This section describes the mechanical operations of the paper transport system, carriage
transport system, ink system, and operations of the electric control system, engine controller
firmware, and network controller firmware.
8.1 System Operation Overview
The roll paper set in the printer is fed by grid rollers and passed over the platen in the X
direction. The piezo heads that pass over the platen in Y direction eject color inks for
printing. The platen sucks paper with a vacuum fan to adjust the correct gap between the
paper and the head.
The heads installed on the carriage are driven by the carriage motor (DC servo motor) with
a steel belt and moved horizontally.
The head position is detected with a linear scale, linear encoder, and edge sensor.
A maintenance stage (MS) is installed to prevent stains and damage to the head surface due
to drying when it is not used for a long time.
The MS protects the head surface by its cleaning with a wiper, suction and capping with the
capping unit.
Cleaning is performed after printing a specified area.
Capping is performed automatically by the capping unit after printing. Ink is supplied
directly to the head from the ink cartridge through a tube.
The printer has three heaters; a front heater for pre-heating of the media in the for media
supply side, a print heater for penetrating and fixing ink under the platen unit, and a rear
heater for drying in the media outlet side.
The paper feed unit and paper delivery unit have a paper feed sensor and a paper delivery
sensor to detect paper jams.
Figure 8-1 Printer operation overview
Peper feed sensor
Guide rail
FAN
Head
Grid roller
Print heater
Rear heater
Front heater
Roll paper
X direction
Y direction
8-2
8.2 Paper Transport System
The paper transport system consists of units 1 to 7 shown in Figures 8-2 and 8-3.
Figure 8-3 Transport system mechanism (Y axis)
Figure 8-2 Transport system mechanism (X axis)
<Transport system mechanism (X axis)> (Auxiliary operation)
<Transport system mechanism (Y axis)> (Main operation)
Winding roll
Platen
Paper
Paper holder
Grid roller
Roll paper
Loose sensor
Paper sensor (rear)
Edgesensor
Paper sensor (front)
Lever sensor
DC motor
Head
Carriage
Pressure rollerup/down
IPB board
Windingcontrol
Sensorcontrol
DC servo motor
Rotary encoder
Home position sensor
DC servomotor
Carriage
Head
IPB board
Servo control
Servo control
Print timingSteel belt
Linear encoder T fence (linear scale)
Edge sensorSuction fan Platen
Lc Lm
8-3
Section 8 Operations
1) Paper feed unit
The paper feed unit can perform 2-way feeding of roll paper and cut sheets. The paper feed
unit can be operated from the front.
- Remove roller paper and set cut sheets according to the guide line on the front paper guide.
- The Pressure roller up/down lever is used to release the pressure roller grip when roll paper
and cut sheets are set. The lever sensor is a photosensor located near the nip release lever
on the right side frame to detect lever opening/closing. If the nip is released, paper cannot
be transported. Therefore, if nip release is detected, the machine operation stops. If the nip
is detected again, paper may be set again, it is used as a signal that performs a paper
detection sequence.
- Roll paper or cut sheets are specified from the operation panel. The type of media is also
specified from the operation panel.
- The paper feed sensor is a reflective type photosensor installed on the paper feed
controller. It detects paper by reflection over its surface so that the engine controller
firmware recognizes the paper condition.
2) Drive unit
The drive unit consists of an X motor (paper feed motor), a grip roller, a pressure roller and
a lever. The paper feed motor is a DC servo motor for paper feeding, which is controlled by
the software servo control unit of the engine controller. When this motor is run, the grip
roller turns and transports the paper gripped by the pressure roller. The pressure roller is
gripped or released by the lever.
3) Platen and suction fan
When paper is transported to the platen, it stucks to the platen by sucking air through the
holes in the platen to prevent its lift and contact with the print heads.
There are three sction fans. Each of the three fans can be driven independently of each other
according to media width.
The sucked air is exhausted from the bottom of the machine.
4) Paper guide, paper delivery sensor
The paper guide is a guide plate that is curved to prevent bending of the printed paper on the
platen. The paper delivery sensor is a reflective type photosensor installed on the paper
outlet, which detects paper by reflection over its surface so that the engine controller
firmware recognizes the paper condition.
5) Interlock switches
The four interlock switches are installed on the rear cover to detect cover opening/closing.
When the cover is opened, the interlock switches turn OFF to forcibly turn OFF the +35 V
and +24 V power of the power supply unit. The carriage and other drive units are forced to
stop.
8-4
6) Winder
The printer can print a drawing up to 50 m long. The winder is used to wind such a long
drawing and is installed on the bottom of the electrical box of the main unit. The winder
must be installed when installing the printer.
The winder consists of a winding unit (right and left), a loose sensor and a winding scroller.
The winding scroller has a paper core at the time of installation. If another paper core is
necessary, use a paper core of an used paper roll.
Tape paper on the scroller paper core, and set paper so that it moves over the sensor on the
right winding unit. This sensor is called a loose sensor and when paper blocks the sensor
light path, the engine controller firmware recognizes that the paper is loose and winds it.
If the winder is not used, place, the tension bar on the winder unit.
(1) Tension winding
The printer supports the tension winding mode winding the media with pulling tention by
the winding unit, additionally to the slant winding mode.
The following two items must be done to alternate the winding mode.
1. Wwinding mode alternation the operation panel.
2. Changing the tension bar position.
(2) External winding / internal winding
The winding direction can be selected regardless of the winding modes.
Change the winding direction by using the alternation switch on the winding unit.
Only when the slant mode is used, the sensor position must be adjusted according to the
winding directions.
(3) ON/OFF
Set the external winding/internal winding switch lever center to turn the winding unit OFF.
8-5
Section 8 Operations
8.3 Carriage Transport System
The carriage transport system consists of units 1 to 7.
1) Carriage motor
DC servo motor located under the left cover of the printer. This motor moves the carriage
forward and backward and controls its speed from the minimum to the maximum value.
The speed is controlled by detecting motor revoluations and position from the linear encoder
installed on the Y rail. (The ink ejection timing is controlled by the linear encoder signal.
There are three carriage speeds:
1) 678 mm/sec (Printing)
2) 230 mm/sec (For maintenance, except for printing)
3) 20 mm/sec (Paper edge detection)
2) Carriage
The carriage is a print unit installed on the Y rail of the printer with a bearing, and is driven
by a motor with a steel belt. This unit has a carriage board, six heads, an edge sensor, and a
linear encoder.
3) Carriage board
The board installed on the carriage has the following features:
- Relay data, clock, head drive voltage, etc. coming from the engine control board to the
heads.
- Relay signals from sensors, such as thermistor output (head temperature), paper edge
detection, inside temperature, and linear scale reading, installed on the carriage.
- Convert a differential signal coming from the engine control board to the signal format
appropriate to the print heads.
4) Edge sensor
Located at the side of the carriage. The edge sensor detects paper on the platen, the right and
left sides, and leading edge of paper, and controls the entire printing as a reference for paper
when the CPUT on the engine control board detects print start position, cut position and
skew. The edge sensor sends a signal from the carriage board to the engine control board and
it is detected by the CPU.
5) Home position sensor
Photosensor located at the home position of the Y rail of the printer.
The engine controller cannot recognize the carriage position immediately after the power
turns ON, so it is moved to the position (home position) where the home position sensor
turns ON to detect the initial position of the carriage.
6) T fence (linear scale), linear encoder
Sensor (photointerrupter) installed on top of the carriage. Since the absolute position of the
carriage must be recognized at all time for printing, a T fence (linear scale) is installed in the
range of the carriage movement. The linear encoder sensor reads the linear scale and
generates two-phase clocks with different phases. The engine controller firmware
recognizes the absolute position of the carriage all the time by counting pulses from this
sensor. The signal detected by the linear encoder is used for servo control of the carriage
motor. Ink is ejected from the head nozzle according to the output signal from this sensor.
8-6
8.4 Ink System
The ink system consists of an ink cartridge, cartridge box, ink supply tube, capping unit,
wiping unit, carriage board, engine control board and ink system control firmware as shown
in Figures 8-4 and 8-5.
Figure 8-4 Ink system overview
Figure 8-5 Ink system concept
Sub tank Sub tank
Lm Lc
Ink supply pump
Ink supply pump
13 Ribbon cable
10 Carriage board
12 Ribbon cable1 Head
11 Carriage
Capping unit
5 Air open solenoid
6 Orifice
ScraperCaterpillar
Wiper blade
Absorber
14 Waste ink bottle
3 Porous sheet2 Cap rubber
4 Pump
7 Joint tube
9 Ink supply tube 8 Ink cartridge
8-7
Section 8 Operations
1) Heads
The heads used for the printer are driven by electrostriction vibrators. A signal voltage pulse
is applied to a piezo element to distort it and change the capacity of the ink pressure chamber
to eject ink.
The printer has six heads for six colors, using a head with 512 nozzles for each color, to
implement high-speed printing.
- Drive frequency
Each nozzle is driven on 10 KHz, and the ABC sequence is driven on 30 KHz.
Since the print head changes the capacity of the ink pressure chamber by distorting the
piezo elements arranged like comb teeth, the adjacent channels cannot be ejected at the
same time.
The incoming print data is divided into three groups (A, B, and C) for which ink is
ejected in order.
Since the basic nozzle layout of the head is 180 dpi, a resolution of 720 dpi is
implemented by four passes.
- Temperature control
Ink changes in viscosity with temperature, so the drive voltage is controlled according to
the temperature.
- Air damper
To prevent damage to the head meniscus by the movement of the ink in the ink tube due
to acceleration of the carriage, a damper is installed to reduce variations of pressure.
2) Ink cartridge
Ink is contained in a laminate film pack. The capacity of each color ink cartridge is 500 ml.
A pack is set in the plastic cartridge (case). The ink pack has a sensor that detects the
remaining amount of ink. A memory chip is installed in the end of the pack (near the ink
supply section) to store IDs in the manufacture process and store various logs from the
printer during use.
Memory ID: Ink type ID (color)
Manufacture date
Unit record log: Ink consumption
8-8
3) Cartridge box
The cartridge box has ink cartridge slots: three slots for Bk, Lc, and Lm at the left, and three
slots for C, M, and Y at the right side of the printer. The cartridge box has an insertion error
prevention mechanism, shutter, ink needle, and an ink relay board.
- Insertion error prevention mechanism, shutter
Each color ink cartridge has a different insertion error prevention key and the cartridge
box face has a slit corresponding to each cartridge. Each cartridge can only be inserted
into its slot. When an ink cartridge is installed, the shutter opens automatically. If no
cartridge is installed, the inside of the slot is protected.
- Ink needle
A needle is inserted into the spout of the ink cartridge pack, the ink in the pack joins and
is supplied to the tube.
- Ink relay board
Relay board that reads from and writes into the ink cartridge memory
- Ink cartridge cover switch
Microswitch located under the right and left ink cartridge covers Switch that detects ink
cartridge cover opening and closing.
When this switch detects closing of the cover after replacing the ink cartridge, an ink
cartridge replacement sequence starts.
4) Ink supply tube
The ink in the ink cartridge set in the printer is supplied to the head unit through the ink
needle, filter, ink pump, and ink tube.
The 20-micron filter that follows the ink needle traps rubber scraps that are produced when
the ink cartridge pack is torn.
When an ink cartridge is installed, the ink is supplied to each ink pump by an ink charge
operation.
5) Capping unit
- Configuration
The capping unit is located at the right side of the printer. The capping unit is driven by
a pump motor and two air open solenoids. When the pump motor runs normally, it turns
the cam, lifts the cap and rotates the pump (suction). When the motor runs reversely, the
cap is lowered and no pump operation is performed with a one-way clutch.
- Functions
When the carriage is at its home position, capping and ink suction is performed with the
pump motor. When the carriage is at its home position, capping is performed to protect
the head surface. A porous sheet is installed in the cap rubber to prevent ink bubbling in
the cap during suction and suck ink in the cap during empty suction.
8-9
Section 8 Operations
- Ink pump
The ink pump is a rotary tube pump that sucks ink by squeezing the rubber tube by
rotation. The ink pump rotates the cam roller with a pump motor and squeezes the rubber
tube to suck ink. The pump tube is always squeezed by the cam roller, so ink does not
flow back. Three or six colors are sucked at the same time by turning the air open
solenoid ON/OFF that will be described later. The waste ink sucked by the pump is
discharged into the waste ink bottle.
- Air open solenoid
The air open solenoid is a DC solenoid, and opens or closes the orifice at the end of the
tube connected to the cap rubber with the rubber installed at the end of the solenoid
plunger by turning the solenoid ON/OFF.
The DC solenoid plunger has a spring, and its force is used to close the orifice to shut out
the outside air.
Two DC air open solenoids are used to control suction of Bk, Lc, Lm, and C, M, Y.
When ink is sucked by an ink suction operation and the pressure is released, the cap
rubber is filled with ink.
Meniscus is formed in the head nozzles by removing (sucking) the ink.
If this operation is not performed, the meniscus is broken when the cap filled with ink is
opened.
The ink in the cap and the air are sucked by turning the air open solenoids ON and
performing a suction (empty suction) operation to form a meniscus.
6) Wiping unit
- Configuration
The wiping unit is located at the left of the printer (the opposite side of the capping unit).
The wiper blade is used by installing an urethane rubber on a caterpillar belt. The wiper
unit rotates the belt on which the wiper blade is installed and wipes the head surface with
the blade edge. The wiper is rotated by running the wipe motor (DC motor) in the unit.
The motor runs in only one direction.
- Functions
The wiper blade cleans the head surface to prevent ink ejection bending.
The pad cleans the wiper blade that cleans the head surface.
The wipe motor turns the wipe blade.
7) Waste ink bottle
The waste ink bottle is made of HDP (High Density Polyethylene).
The waste ink is used to collect the waste ink absorbed by pumps. The maximum capacity
of the bottle is approx.3 little.
8-10
8.5 Print Functions
1) Cleaning sequence
The printer has the following cleaning sequence to maintain the optimum printing. Cleaning
is performed with the capping unit, wiping unit and ink system control firmware. Flushing is
carried out with the head unit and control firmware.
- Manual cleaning
Manual cleaning is performed by operating the menu from the operation panel. It is used
if missing nozzle dots are not solved by automatic cleaning that is performed by the
printer.
- Automatic cleaning
This cleaning is performed automatically during printing.
- Cleaning when the printer is not used (fill cap)
This cleaning is performed automatically when the printer is not used to guarantee the
optimum printing for the next printing.
- Paper jam
If a paper jam occurs, paper may touch the head nozzles, and dust may stick to them or
meniscus may be damaged. It is carried out after clearing the jam.
- Interval, time, and ink consumption
noitcnuF lavretnI emitderiuqeR noitpmusnocknI
)lamron(gninaelclaunaM noitarepohcaeroF setunim52.3 roloc/lm5.5.xorppA
)gnitnirprednu(gninaelcotuA snacs444 setunim52.3 roloc/lm5.5.xorppA
)gnitnirpretfa(gninaelcotuA eromrom01gnitnirpretfA setunim52.5 roloc/lm5.1.xorppA
tonsiretnirpehtnehwgninaelCdesu
nehteecnis,H02 sdnoces01 roloc/lm5.1.xorppA
majrepaP gniraelcmajretfA setunim6 roloc/lm5.5.xorppA
8-11
Section 8 Operations
2) Head drive voltage control
- Head drive voltage rank setting
The head drive voltage is set for each color to keep a constant density and stabilize ink
ejection. Since the drive voltage differs due to manufacture variations (lot, material
characteristics, and processing), the voltage is marked on each head at the production
stage. The drive voltage shown on the head is set from the operation panel in the
adjustment process in the unit assembly plant.
- Temperature control
As temperature decreases, the viscosity of ink increases, and as it increases, the viscosity
decreases. When viscosity increases, high energy is required to eject ink. On the
contrary, when viscosity decreases, energy may be low. The ejection energy is
controlled by changing voltage. It is controlled digitally. The temperature of the head
PZT element is detected with a thermistor, and a specific drive voltage is set and the head
is driven by engine controller firmware control. The parameters for this temperature
control is listed, and it is different for each head voltage rank.
3) Bi-directional shift correction in the main scanning direction
Print dot position correction function during bi-directional printing of the carriage
4) Head position correction
This function corrects the position where the ink drop hits if it is incorrect due to the head
installation position or head ink ejection speed variations.
5) Side registration correction
This function corrects the print start position in the paper width direction. Variations of each
unit for the design value are corrected by software.
6) Edge registration correction
This function corrects the print start position in the paper feeding direction. Variations of
each unit for the design value are corrected by software.
7) Vertical magnification correction
This function corrects variations in paper feed amount. Variations of each unit for the design
value are corrected by software.
8) Dot position adjustment in the sub-scanning direction
The dot drop position of each head is adjusted by adjusting the paper feeding direction of
each head is adjusted mechanically (with screws).
9) Head inclination adjustment
The inclination of each head is adjusted mechanically by turning it (with eccentric pins) to
adjust the position where the ink drop hits.
10) Head L, R adjustment
The jet timing of right and left heads are adjusted.
8-12
11) Paper smoothness action
If paper is left in the printer for a long time, the leading edge may be wrinkled and cause a
paper jam.
The paper is discharged when printing starts after the setting time to eliminate such a
deformed part of paper.
• Operations
When the printer receives no print data and waits a print at exceeding of setting time, the
printer feeds the edge of the paper roll automatically upto the front of the rear cover.
(This action is ommitted when the edge of the paper roll exists in the front of the rear
cover.)
After receiving print data, the printer performs paper smoothness action (repetitious feed
and rewind) and then cuts the edge of the paper roll automatically.
(When using the winder unit, the printer feeds the paper upto the edge of the paper roll and
prints after performing the paper smoothness action.)
At powering off the printer, the printer feeds the edge of the paper roll upto the front of the
rear cover and then shutdowns automatically. (When using the winder unit, the printer
shutdown with no action.)
When using the sheet paper, the printer feeds out the paper after setting time.
• Parameter = NONE
Automatic edge cut function does not work in all types of paper.
• Parameter = 30 min
Automatic paper smoothness action works after 30 minutes for all types of paper.
Before 30 minites, the printer performs paper smoothness action before print.
(Do not set 30 min for the sheet paper.)
• Parameter= 1 hour
Automatic paper smoothness action works after 1 hour for all types of paper.
• Parameter = 2 hour
Automatic paper smoothness action works after 2 hours for all types of paper.
• Parameter= 4 hour
Automatic paper smoothness action works after 4 hours for all types of paper.
8-13
Section 8 Operations
• Selection criteria, paper waste length
NOTE
1. Paper waste length shows paper feed length for cutting a paper wrinkle.
2. Determine a setting time according to condition of use to avoid paper wrinkle.
For example, choose "1 hour" when you print in one-hour interval and want to
avoid paper wrinkle.
12) Drying time setting function
For media with slow drying time, if the next print is made after ink dries, ink may blur.
To prevent this problem, the function provides a wait time for each scan and prints after ink
dries.
retemaraP airetircnoitceleS
htgneletsawrepaP
tuC dniweR
nahtsseLemittes
nahteroMemittes
nahtsseLemittes
nahteroMemittes
ENONaesunehwtiesoohC
tnirpsuounitnocmm0
OTUA dednemmoceR repaphcaerofemitdeificepseeS
nim03stnirpnehwtiesoohC
ytdimuh-hgihnitnemnorivne
mm0.xorppa
mm004ot052.xorppa
mm051ot05.xorppa
mm004ot003
ruoh1stnirpnehwtiesoohC
lavretniruoh-enonimm0
.xorppamm004ot052
mm0.xorppa
mm004ot003
ruoh2stnirpnehwtiesoohC
lavretniruoh-owtnimm0
.xorppamm004ot052
mm0.xorppa
mm004ot003
ruoh4stnirpnehwtiesoohC
lavretniruoh-ruofnimm0
.xorppamm004ot052
mm0.xorppa
mm004ot003
8-14
8.6 Principle of Head Drive
Head diagonal view
Head structure
The head ink drive unit consists of an actuator with grooves that look like comb teeth, a
cover plate, and a nozzle plate.
The actuator consists of a channel filled with ink, a wall and an electrode formed on the half
of the wall.
There is an orifice (hole) for ink ejection for each channel.
Ink is ejected from the orifice by vibrating the wall.
Fig. 8-6 Head drive principle
Cover plate
Electrode
Channel
Orifice
Actuator
Nozzle plate
Principle of Head drive
Nozzle plate
Actuator
1 period (10.5kHz)
B ejection C ejection A ejection
Interactive waveform
ON waveform
OFF waveform
Interactive waveform
Interactive waveform
Interactive waveform
(Three channels comprise a group.)
Electrical fieldorientation
Firststage
Secondstage
Interactive waveform = H
Interactive waveform = L
Electrical field orientation
ON waveform = H
Interactive waveform = H
ON waveform = L
Electrical field orientation
Electrical field orientation
Wall
Interactive waveform = L
8-15
Section 8 Operations
8.7 Print Mode
The printer has three print modes. (See the table.)
<Print mode>
1) Draft mode 360dpi x 360 dpi)
approx. 1/4 band
edoMlanretxEnoituloser)ipd()HxV(
lanretnInoituloser)ipd()HxV(
noitcejEycneuqerf
)zHk(ssaP
tfarD ssap-2tfarD 063x063 027x063 01 2
dradnatS ssap-4dradnatS 027x027 027x027 01 4
ytisned-hgiH ssap-8ytisned-hgiH 027x027 027x027 01 8
ytilauq-hgiH ssap-8ytilauq-hgiH 027x027 027x027 01 8
1/360
1/360
:1st:2nd
8-16
2) Standard mode 720dpi x 720dpi (4-pass) (Unit: inch)
1/720
1/720
:1st:2nd:3rd:4rh
3) High-density mode 720dpi x 720dpi (High-density 8-pass) (Unit: inch)
1/720
1/720:1st, 3rd:2nd, 4th:5th, 7th:6th, 8th
8-17
Section 8 Operations
4) High-quality mode 720dpi x 720dpi (High-quality 8-pass) (Unit: inch)
1/720
1/720:1st:2nd:3rd:4th:5th:6th:7th:8th
8-18
MM
FAN
SS
R
SS
R
SS
R
8.8 IPB1(Engine Control) Board
8.8.1 Basic configuration
Figure 8-7 is a block diagram that shows basic hardware configuration of the IP-6600
printer. It consists of six basic blocks (hatched areas).
Fig. 8-7 Basic hardware configuration
8-19
Section 8 Operations
8.8.2 Engine Unit Operation
- Head board (Head assembly)
The head board has piezo elements with 512 nozzles and eight driver ICs, and has six heads
for six colors.
The head assembly is connected with the carriage board that relays a head signal with a 30-
pole FFC cable.
The drive voltage for the head piezo element is 16 V (set by the F/W according to the
temperature feedback). The logic voltage is 5 V.
- Connector conversion board (PCB-ASSY-CNB1H)
The connector conversion board is used to change the head board connector to the connector
for the TFC cable.
- Carriage board (PCB-ASSY-IPB1)
The carriage board is installed on the carriage and relays data to six head assemblies. In
addition to relaying data to the heads, it has the head temperature detection voltage and
carriage internal ambient temperature detection voltage buffer and selection (amplifier
circuit/analog multiplex) circuit.
It contains the edge sensor for paper width and leading edge position detection (light-
emitting diode current can be changed in four steps by the firmware), linear encoder (two
phases, 180 dpi), and paper cutter up/down solenoid driver.
It also has a driver/receiver IC as the data transfer circuit between the carriage and engine
controller.
- Engine controller board (PCB-ASSY-IPB1)
The engine controller board is a core circuit block of the print engine and provides the
following functions.
(1) CPU (single-chip 32-bit CPU (SH-2)), peripheral I/O, A/D converter (internal)
(2) Memory (SRAM memory (program), flash memory (boot program, system program,
test pattern, engine parameter backup, basic alphanumeric fonts (bitmap fonts)
storage), SDRAM (band memory storage), IC memory card (program load), NVRAM
(parameter store))
(3) I/O (counter/timer, POI, RTC)
(4) Host interface (SCSI I/F)
(5) X, Y motor control (DC servo control), other motor control (ON/OFF control)
(6) Various sensors/actuator/mechanical switch port control (solenoid, interlock switch,
photosensors, etc.)
(7) Head drive voltage variable control (15 to 32 V): VDD2 board that is different from
the IPB1.
(8) Data pass conversion (band memory control, data conversion, dot interpolation,
margin generation, print mode, forward/backward print)
(9) Operation panel control (Dedicated circuit: The dedicated circuit for communication
with the panel is incorporated in the PTG (BRP).)
(10) Others (Detection of the paper end)
- Service station
Capping unit: Cap the heads and suck.
Wiping unit: Wipe head nozzle surface.
8-20
Motors and Solenoids
- Ink cartridge
The printer supplies ink directly to the heads through tubes. Therefore, ink only exists in the
head internal flow paths and ink tubes, as well as ink cartridges.
The printer detects the remaining amount of ink in an ink cartridge by counting (calculating)
the number of ink ejections. If it exceeds a specific value, a near-end warning is given. An
ink cartridge contains an involatile memory (serial EEPROM) to store and update the
remaining quantity of ink in each color ink cartridge. This memory contains ink IDs and
manufacture dates, etc. to maintain ink quality. The remaining amount of ink is also
detected from the change in the tube shape in the cartridge. If the sensor located on the
bottom of the ink cartridge detects ink-out, the end of ink is reached.
The communication with the involative memory is performed by F/W timing control
through the PIO port on the engine controller board.
- Mechanical control block
This block has a main function of controlling the carriage motor and paper motor DC servo.
In addition, it controls and operates the actuators (pump motors, wiper motors, solenoids,
cutter motor, vacuum fans, etc.) of the service station and ink supply system.
emantraP )V(egatloV epyT dohtemlortnoC noitceteD skrameR
rotomX)rotomdeefrepeP(
63 rotomCD ovreserawtfoS tnerrucrevO
rotomY)rotomegairraC(
63 rotomCD ovreserawtfoS tnerrucrevO
)3ot1(nafnoitcuS 42 nafoccorisCD FFO/NO noitcetedkcoL
rotomgnippaC 42 rotomCD FFO/NO
dionelosneporiA)2,1(
42 dioneloS FFO/NO
rotomgnipiW 42 rotomCD FFO/NO
rotomylppusknI)6ot1(
42 rotomCD FFO/NO
rotomgnidniW 42 rotomCD FFO/NO
nafgnilooC 42 nafCD FFO/NO
nafgniloocdaeH 21 nafoccorisCD FFO/NO
8-21
Section 8 Operations
Sensors
- SCSI interface block (WIM1)
Physical specifications: WIDE-SCSI (16 bits)
ULTRA2
LVDS level (low voltage differential)
68-pin half-pitch connector
Recommended environment for host computer (PC) Adaptec AHA-29160
emaN epyTgnisneSdohtem
"L" "H"elbaCkaerb
ot1(rosneskolnafmuccaV)3
ni-tliub(tnemelellaH)naf
tupniOIP noitatoR kcoL H
rosnesepiW hctiwsorciM tupniOIP H
)6ot1(rosnesllufknat-buS retpurretniotohP tupniOIP lluftoN lluF H
ot1(rosnesflahknat-buS)6
retpurretniotohP tupniOIP-flahnahteroM
lluflluf-flahtoN H
rossnesdneaideM hctiwsorciM tupniOIP niameR dneaideM H
rosnesssenkcatSotohpevitcelfeR
rosnestupniOIP enoN tsixE H
hctiwsgnidniWhctiwsreveL
)NO-FFO-NO(
?1?tupniOIP NWODECAF potS H
?2?tupniOIP PUECAF potS H
redrocneX redrocneyratoR tcatnocesluP H
redrocneY redrocneraeniL tcatnocesluP H
rosnesnoitisopemoH retpurretniotohP tupniOIP enoN tsixE H
rosnesreveL retpurretniotohP tupniOIP enoN tsixE H
rosnesylppusaideM retceferotohP noisrevnocD/A tsixE enoN H
rosnestuptuoaideM retceferotohP noisrevnocD/A tsixE enoN H
2,1hctiwskcolretnI hctiwsorciM tupniOIP esolc nepO H
hctiwsdratseR/esuaptnirPnottubhsuP
yratnemom(hctiws)epyt
tupniOIP hsuP esaereL H
hctiwspotstnirPnottubhsuP
yratnemom(hctiws)epyt
tupniOIP hsuP esaereL H
rosneselttobetsaW hctiwsorciM tupniOIP tsixE enoN H
rosnesegdE retceferotohP noisrevnocD/A )netalp( )aideM( L
niam(rosneserutarepmeT)ydob
rotsimrehT noisrevnocD/AhgiH(
)erutarepmetwoL(
)erutarepmetH
rosneserutarepmeT)egairrac(
rotsimrehT noisrevnocD/AhgiH(
)erutarepmetwoL(
)erutarepmetH
rosneserutarepmetdaeH rotsimrehT noisrevnocD/AhgiH(
)erutarepmetwoL(
)erutarepmetH
)6ot1(rosnesrotomknI retceferotohP tupniOIP esolcsihtapknI neposihtapknI H
1(rotcetedegdirtracknI)6ot
tcatnoC tupniOIP tsixE enoN H
rotcetedrevocegdirtraC)2,1(hctiws
hctiwsorciM tupniOIP esolc nepOH
8-22
- Data pass system
This block receives data from a host or network controller in the engine controller, buffers
and processes it into head transfer data, and sends it to the heads. All its functions are
implemented by hardware.
- Band memory
The band memory is a memory that is physically separated from the main memory (CPU
system memory + work RAM), and is a band image memory area that temporarily stores
image from an upstream device. Images can be written directly into the memory from the
CPU, and test patterns are generated in this way. Images are written directly into the band
memory without passing through the CPU from an upstream SCSI I/F or network controller.
Image data transfer from the host computer to the print engine supports three methods: line
order, band surface order, and cell order.
When a scan starts, data required for a scan is maintained, so it is called a band.
Although it is a band memory, image data arrangement in it is different according to print
modes (high speed, standard, super high quality).
[Band memory specifications]
(1) Memory capacity 256 MB for six colors
(2) Memory 256-Mbit synchronous DRAM
(3) Power supply voltage +3.3 V
- ATG (Band Memory Address Generator) block
This block corresponds to a gate array. It reads from and writes into the band memory
(SDRAM) at high speed. It writes in the scanning direction and reads in the direction of
nozzles (the scanning direction is perpendicular to the nozzle direction for this printer).
Therefore, orthogonal conversion is performed.
[ATG function]
(1) Block memory access
(2) Memory address generation
(3) Synchronous DRAM timing generation
(4) Mirror processing (bit swap: forward path ->, backward path <-)
- RSM block
This block performs various processes, such as addition of right and left print margins in
each print mode and mirror processing (bit swap) for bi-directional printing, and finally
transfers processed data to the PTG block.
[RSM function]
(1) Orthogonal conversion (horizontal/vertical conversion)
(2) Dummy data addition in X direction (main scanning direction)
(3) Dummy data addition in Y direction (sub scanning direction)
(4) PTG transfer (PTG interface)
(5) Mask processing. Mask scan line or column data according to print mode (720 x 720
dpi, 8 passes, bi-directional printing)
8-23
Section 8 Operations
- Head data transmission FIFO
This FIFO is built into the BRP and located between the RSM and PTG. It functions as an
intermediate buffer to transfer binary head data converted to head nozzle arrangement from
the RSM to each of the six heads.
- PTG (Pixel Timing Generator) block
This block serially transfers the head data converted by the preceding ATG block (data
converted to nozzle arrangement) to driver ICs in six head assembly (eight driver ICs for
each head), and adjusts timings for kicking ink ejection at a desired timing in
synchronization with the ejection timing from the linear scale.
[PTG specifications]
(1) 720 dpi ejection rate (fire rate) generation
(2) Fire timing adjustment
A positional shift in the scan direction is set as a parameter for each of six heads, and fire
timing is fine-adjusted. Specifically, each fire interval is divided into approx. 16
minutes and a desired time constant is added to fire timing.
(3) Uni-directional/bi-directional printing
Bi-directional printing is basically performed. Thus, the change in head control
according to the printing direction is set as a parameter, and fire timing is fine-adjusted.
(4) Three-phase timing
Control fire timing by three groups A, B, and C, which is unique to the heads.
- Image interface
A normal voltage level differential driver receiver is used as a driver receiver for the image
interface for the CRG.
- Head drive voltage control (VDD2)
This circuit is a variable regulator circuit that varies the head driver IC drive voltage. The
variable voltage can be varied dynamically in the range +12 V to +32 V according to an
algorithm (table) by feeding back the head (PZT) surface temperature. The +36 V variable
voltage supply line must be controlled for each head, a total of six channel circuits are
implemented.
VDD2 out channel Head voltage for ICB board
ch2 --> ON voltage for head 1 and head 2.
ch5 --> OFF voltage for head 1 and head 2.
ch1 --> ON voltage for head 3 and head 4.
ch4 --> OFF voltage for head 3 and head 4.
ch3 --> ON voltage for head 5 and head 6.
ch6 --> OFF voltage for head 5 and head 6.
<Example>
The VDD2 board generates higher voltage of head 1 ON voltage or head 2 ON voltage +a
from ch2, and ther ICB1 board regulates head 1 ON voltage and head 2 voltage.
The head drive voltage is controlled by feeding back the head temperature during print because
the suitable head drive voltage changes successively according to the head temperature.
8-24
- Operation panel
The operation panel is used to input various parameters of the printer and display
information. It has a LCD module and input keys. The operation panel is controlled directly
by the CPU on the engine controller (via PTG). Therefore, print adjustment patterns are
output and various maintenance functions can be executed from the operation panel.
[Operation panel requested specifications]
(1) LCD 16 characters, 2 lines
Alphanumeric (with backlight)
(2) Key tops , online, enter, cancel, shift
(3) LEDs ONLINE, DATA, ERROR, INK, ROLL
(One for INK/ROLL each)
(5) Power supply voltage 5 V
(6) Interface TTL, serial communication
(7) Buzzer Automatic
8-25
Section 8 Operations
8.9 Engine Control Firmware
8.9.1 Function blocks
MaintenanceSIO
RIP I/F
SCSI I/F
RIP driver
SCSI driver
Maintenancedriver
Flash driver
Operationpanel
Flash
Operation paneldriver
Print task
Carriage driver
Actuators
Abnormal monitortask
Setup task
Ink EEPROMdriver
Ink EEPROM
Thermistor
Temperaturecorrection task
Sensormonitor task
Sensors
Fig. 8-8 SCSI/Engine F/W function block
8-26
8.9.2 Operation description
[Operation description: SCSI/Engine F/W function block]
The SCSI/Engine F/W operates on the WEC and WIM1 boards, and controls the engine
components, SCSI interface and network controller interface.
The main function block of the SCSI/Engine F/W includes the following:
- Operation panel driver : Controls the operation panel LCD, LEDs, keys and
buzzer input/output.
- SCSI driver : Controls the SCSI interface.
- Carriage driver : Controls various actuators to implement the
mechanical system printing operation and ink system
maintenance.
- Maintenance driver : Controls the serial interface for the maintenance
console.
- Temperature correction task : Monitors thermistors.
- Sensor monitor task : Monitors sensors.
- Setup task : Performs various operations from the operation and
prints internal patterns.
- Flash driver : Reads from and writes into flash memory.
- Ink EEPROM driver : Reads from and writes into the EEPROM built in the
ink cartridge.
- Error monitor task : Monitors sensors and engine errors.
- Print task : Controls band memory and print data.
8-27
Section 8 Operations
8.10 Power Supply Unit
8.10.1 Electrical specifications
- AC input specifications
1) Input voltage 80 VAC to 260 VAC
2) Input frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
3) Phase Single
DC output specifications
8.10.2 Connector specifications
- Inlet (3 pins)
- Interlock input
+0.05V- 0V
.oN metI 1HC 2HC 3HC 4HC
1 egatlovtuptuodetaRY,XV63+
evirddaeh/rotomV42+rotom
V21+DDH
V5+V3.3/cigolnoitareneg
2 tnerructuptuodetaR A7 A4 A3 A8
3 tnerrucegarevA A5 A2 A2 A6
4egnartnemtsujdA
)daoloduesp(V50.0± V50.0± V50.0± V52.5±
rebmunniP emanlangiS
1 )1CA(EVILCA
2 )2CA(LARTUENCA
3 )GF(DNGEMARF
rebmunniP emanlangiS
1 NIWSTNI
2 C.N
3 )V63(TUOWSTNI
8-28
- CN1
Engine controller board/RIP controller board +5 V/+12 V output
- CN2
Engine controller board +24V/36V
* 36 V is divided into two systems.
- CN3
Power ON/OFF control input (from WEC)
rebmunniP emanlangiS rebmunniP emanlangiS
1 )cigol(V5+ 7 DNG
2 )cigol(V5+ 8 DNG
3 V21+ 9 DNG
4 )cigol(V5+ 01 DNG
5 )cigol(V5+ 11 DNG
6 V21+ 21 DNG
rebmunniP emanlangiS rebmunniP emanlangiS
1 V42+ 9 DNG
2 V42+ 01 DNG
3 )rotom(V63+ 11 DNG
4 )rotom(V63+ 21 DNG
5 )rotom(V63+ 31 DNG
6 )2DDV(V63+ 41 DNG
7 )2DDV(V63+ 51 DNG
8 )2DDV(V63+ 61 DNG
rebmunniP emanlangiS rebmunniP emanlangiS
1 NO_63LTC 5 NO_WSLNP
2 NO_42LTC 6 YBDNATS_V5+
3 NO_21LTC 7 DNG
4 FFO_5LTC 8 DNG
8-29
Section 8 Operations
8.10.3 ON/OFF sequence
The power on/off state transition is shown below. The main switch is a circuit breaker.
8.10.4 Others
(1) Interlock release
When the printer's interlock is released, +36 V (CH1) outputs are forcibly turned OFF
through a relay. The other voltages (+5 V, +12 V,+24 V) are not affected.
(2) Voltage variable trimmer
CHI +5V can be adjusted.
(3) Leakage breaker
Inserted into both AC line LIVE (HOT) and NEUTRAL (COLD).
Rating: 100 to 240 V, 15 A
(4) Power supply fan
A +12 V Brussels UL standard fan is used.
(5) Overcurrent protection/overvoltage protection
All the outputs from the overcurrent and overvoltage protection circuits are OFF when
the +5 V protection circuit works, and +12 V/+24 V/+36 V output is OFF when the
+12V/+24 V/+36 V protection circuit works. The output is restored by turning the
power ON again.
OFF
ON
IDLE
+5VON
+5VOFF
+12VOFF
+24VOFF
+36VOFF
+36VON
+24VON
+12VON
From all statesMain switch OFFStop
Main switch OFF
All outputs OFFPower OFF state
Main switch ON (3.3 V is produced
at the same time.)
(It may stophere due to aPOC error.)
F/W control
All outputs ONPower ON state
Panel switchOFFF/W control
Fig. 8-9 Power ON/OFF state transition
Panel switchON